Update copyright for years from Emacs 21 to present (mainly adding
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob7c573905fc5657c237bbac264c12aa1cf7ef2376
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17806 44352))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17806 44337))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
70 ;;;***
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17806 44337))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
81 ;;;***
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17806 44352))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
140 \(fn)" t nil)
142 ;;;***
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17753 42784))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
151 \(fn)" t nil)
153 ;;;***
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17806 44352))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
165 ;;;***
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17809 2158))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
262 \(fn)" t nil)
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
303 \(fn)" t nil)
305 ;;;***
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17806 44346))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
433 ;;;***
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17806 44337))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
517 \(fn)" t nil)
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
522 \(fn)" t nil)
524 ;;;***
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17822 38983))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 auto-activation.
678 Topic Encryption
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
693 pitfalls.
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 for details.
699 HOT-SPOT Operation
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
724 Extending Allout
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
730 `allout-mode-hook'
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
737 Terminology
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
744 CURRENT ITEM:
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
748 called the:
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
751 ANCESTORS:
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
754 of the ITEM.
755 OFFSPRING:
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
757 SUBTOPIC:
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
759 CHILD:
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
761 SIBLINGS:
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
767 text.
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
770 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
778 the PREFIX.
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
781 of the ITEM.
782 PREFIX-LEAD:
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
794 PREFIX-PADDING:
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
802 the ITEM.
804 EXPOSURE:
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
807 CONCEALED:
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827 ;;;***
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17806 44352))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
845 Not documented
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
849 ;;;***
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17398 63779))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
877 ;;;***
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17398 63764))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
886 \(fn)" t nil)
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
903 ;;;***
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17501 10774))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
914 \\[yank].
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
919 the rules.
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
926 \(fn)" t nil)
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
930 \\{antlr-mode-map}
932 \(fn)" t nil)
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
938 \(fn)" nil nil)
940 ;;;***
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17723 17911))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
960 (defvar appt-audible t "\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
965 (defvar appt-visible t "\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
983 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
995 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1004 \(fn)" t nil)
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1015 function.
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1020 \(fn)" nil nil)
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1029 ;;;***
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17753 42781))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1054 normal variables.
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1083 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1122 bindings.
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1127 ;;;***
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17806
1130 ;;;;;; 44337))
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1142 archive.
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1148 ;;;***
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17806 44337))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1170 The variables are:
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1217 \(fn)" t nil)
1219 ;;;***
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17525
1222 ;;;;;; 30063))
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1230 How to quit artist mode
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1235 How to submit a bug report
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1242 mouse-2
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1245 below).
1247 mouse-1
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1249 or pastes:
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1254 to new point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1271 lines
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Paste Paste Paste
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1283 or diagonally.
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1289 poly-lines.
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1309 some time to fill.
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1316 Settings
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1332 Drawing with keys
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1353 Arrows
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1362 Selecting operation
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1388 Variables
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1413 Hooks
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1419 Keymap summary
1421 \\{artist-mode-map}
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1425 ;;;***
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17501
1428 ;;;;;; 10774))
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1448 Special commands:
1449 \\{asm-mode-map}
1451 \(fn)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17806 44337))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1459 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1460 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1461 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1463 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1465 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1466 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1467 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1468 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1469 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1470 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1471 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1472 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1473 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1474 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1476 For example:
1477 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1478 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1479 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1480 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1481 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1483 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1487 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1488 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1489 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1491 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1492 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1494 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1496 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1497 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1498 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1499 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1500 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1501 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1503 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1507 ;;;***
1509 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1510 ;;;;;; (17806 44352))
1511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1513 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1514 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1516 \(fn)" t nil)
1518 ;;;***
1520 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1521 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17806 44337))
1522 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1524 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1525 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1526 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1528 \(fn)" t nil)
1530 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1531 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1532 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1533 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1535 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1537 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1538 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1539 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1546 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1548 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1549 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1551 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1552 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1556 ;;;***
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1559 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1560 ;;;;;; (17620 26951))
1561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1563 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1564 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1565 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1566 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1567 save the buffer too.
1569 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1571 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1573 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1574 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1575 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1576 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1577 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1578 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1580 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1581 directory or directories specified.
1583 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1585 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1587 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1589 \(fn)" nil nil)
1591 ;;;***
1593 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1594 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1595 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17501 10769))
1596 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1598 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1599 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1601 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1602 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1603 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1604 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1605 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1610 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1612 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1613 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1615 \(fn)" nil nil)
1617 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1618 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1619 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1621 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1622 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1623 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1624 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1625 reflected in the current buffer.
1627 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1628 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1629 writing before you save the file!
1631 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1635 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1636 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1638 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1639 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1641 \(fn)" nil nil)
1643 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1644 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1645 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1648 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1650 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1652 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1653 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1655 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1656 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1657 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1661 ;;;***
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1664 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17806 44337))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1667 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1668 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1669 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1671 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1673 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1675 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1684 Effects of the different modes:
1685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1689 a random distance & direction.
1690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1698 definition of \"random distance\".)
1700 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1702 ;;;***
1704 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1705 ;;;;;; (17398 63772))
1706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1708 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1709 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1711 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1712 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1714 For example:
1716 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1717 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1718 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1719 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1721 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1723 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1725 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1727 ;;;***
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1730 ;;;;;; (17753 42781))
1731 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1732 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1734 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1735 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1736 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1737 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1739 \(fn)" t nil)
1741 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1742 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1743 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1746 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1748 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1750 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1752 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1754 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1755 seconds.
1757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1759 ;;;***
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1762 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17398 63772))
1763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1765 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1766 Time execution of FORMS.
1767 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1768 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1769 FORMS once.
1770 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1771 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1772 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1774 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1776 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1777 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1778 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1779 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1780 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1782 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1784 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1785 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1786 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1787 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1788 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1792 ;;;***
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17806
1795 ;;;;;; 44354))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1798 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1799 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1801 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1803 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1804 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1805 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1806 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1808 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1809 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1810 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1811 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1812 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1814 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1815 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1818 Special information:
1820 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1822 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1823 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1824 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1825 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1826 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1827 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1828 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1829 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1830 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1831 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1832 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1834 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1835 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1836 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1837 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1838 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1839 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1840 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1841 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1843 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1845 ----------------------------------------------------------
1846 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1847 if that value is non-nil.
1849 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1851 \(fn)" t nil)
1853 ;;;***
1855 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1856 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1857 ;;;;;; (17398 63774))
1858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1860 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1862 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1863 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1864 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1866 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1868 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1869 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1871 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1873 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1874 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1876 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1878 ;;;***
1880 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17398
1881 ;;;;;; 63779))
1882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1884 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1885 Play blackbox.
1886 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1888 What is blackbox?
1890 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1891 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1892 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1893 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1894 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1895 your score.
1897 Overview of play:
1899 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1900 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1901 four.
1903 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1904 movement keys.
1906 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1907 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1909 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1910 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1912 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1913 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1914 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1915 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1916 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1917 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1919 Details:
1921 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1923 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1924 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1925 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1926 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1928 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1929 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1930 denoted by the letter `R'.
1932 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1933 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1934 denoted by the letter `H'.
1936 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1937 example.
1939 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1940 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1941 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1942 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1943 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1944 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1945 ray.
1947 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1948 degree deflection it causes.
1951 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1954 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1955 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1956 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1957 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1961 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1962 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1965 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1966 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1967 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1968 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1969 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1970 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1971 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1974 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1975 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1976 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1977 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1978 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1979 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1980 emerging from the box.
1982 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1989 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1993 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1994 a reflection.
1996 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1998 ;;;***
2000 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2001 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2002 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2003 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17398 63764))
2004 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2005 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2006 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2007 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2009 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2010 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2011 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2012 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2013 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2014 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2015 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2016 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2017 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2018 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2020 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2021 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2026 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2029 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2030 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2031 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2032 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2033 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2034 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2035 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2036 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2037 recent one.
2039 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2040 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2041 yank successive words.
2043 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2044 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2045 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2046 name of the file being visited.
2048 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2049 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2050 the list of bookmarks.)
2052 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2054 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2055 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2056 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2057 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2058 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2059 this.
2061 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2062 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2063 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2064 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2066 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2068 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2069 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2070 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2071 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2072 after a bookmark was set in it.
2074 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2076 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2077 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2078 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2079 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2083 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2085 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2086 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2087 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2088 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2090 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2091 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2092 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2094 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2095 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2096 name.
2098 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2100 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2101 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2102 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2103 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2104 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2105 this.
2107 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2109 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2110 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2111 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2112 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2113 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2114 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2115 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2116 probably because we were called from there.
2118 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2120 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2121 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2122 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2124 \(fn)" t nil)
2126 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2127 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2128 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2129 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2130 \(second argument).
2132 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2133 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2134 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2135 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2136 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2138 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2139 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2140 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2141 `bookmark-default-file'.
2143 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2145 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2146 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2147 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2148 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2149 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2150 while loading.
2152 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2153 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2154 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2155 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2156 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2157 explicitly.
2159 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2160 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2161 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2162 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2164 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2166 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2167 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2168 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2169 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2170 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2172 \(fn)" t nil)
2174 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2176 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2178 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2180 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2182 ;;;***
2184 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2185 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2186 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2187 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2188 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2189 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2190 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2191 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2192 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2193 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17806 44352))
2194 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2196 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2197 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2198 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2199 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2201 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2202 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2203 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2204 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2205 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2207 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2209 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2210 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2212 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2214 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2215 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2217 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2219 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2220 Not documented
2222 \(fn)" nil nil)
2224 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2225 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2226 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2227 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2228 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2229 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2231 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2233 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2234 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2235 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2236 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2237 narrowed.
2239 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2241 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2242 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2244 \(fn)" t nil)
2246 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2247 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2249 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2251 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2252 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2253 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2254 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2256 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2258 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2259 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2260 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2261 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2265 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2267 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2268 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2269 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2270 to use.
2272 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2275 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2276 Default to the URL around or before point.
2278 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2279 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2280 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2281 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2283 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2284 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2287 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2288 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2290 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2292 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2293 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2294 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2295 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2297 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2298 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2299 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2300 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2303 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2304 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2306 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2307 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2322 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2323 new tab in an existing window instead.
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2333 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2334 Firefox.
2336 When called interactively, if variable
2337 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2338 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2339 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2340 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2343 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2344 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2346 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2347 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2350 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2351 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2352 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2353 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2354 URL in a new window.
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2358 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2361 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2369 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2370 new tab in an existing window instead.
2372 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2373 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2375 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2377 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2379 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2380 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2384 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2385 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2397 program is invoked according to the variable
2398 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2400 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2401 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2402 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2403 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2406 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2412 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2413 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2415 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2418 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2419 Default to the URL around or before point.
2421 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2422 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2423 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2427 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2428 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2431 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2435 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point.
2439 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2441 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2442 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2443 Default to the URL around or before point.
2445 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2446 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2447 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2456 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2457 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2464 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2465 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2472 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2475 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2476 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2477 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2484 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point.
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2491 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2492 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2493 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2494 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2495 current one.
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2499 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2503 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2510 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2511 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2512 don't offer a form of remote control.
2514 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2516 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2517 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2518 Default to the URL around or before point.
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2522 ;;;***
2524 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17806
2525 ;;;;;; 44352))
2526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2528 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2529 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2531 \(fn)" t nil)
2533 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2534 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2536 \(fn)" nil nil)
2538 ;;;***
2540 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2541 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17808 1134))
2542 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2544 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2545 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2546 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2547 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2549 \(fn)" t nil)
2551 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2552 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2553 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2554 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2556 \(fn)" t nil)
2558 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2559 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2561 \(fn)" t nil)
2563 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2564 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2565 \\<bs-mode-map>
2566 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2567 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2568 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2569 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2571 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2572 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2573 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2574 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2575 name of buffer configuration.
2577 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2579 ;;;***
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2582 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17398
2583 ;;;;;; 63764))
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2586 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2587 Keymap used by buttons.")
2589 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2590 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2591 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2593 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2594 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2595 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2596 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2597 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2598 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2600 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2601 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2602 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2603 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2605 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2607 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2608 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2609 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2610 specifying properties to add to the button.
2611 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2612 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2613 `define-button-type'.
2615 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2617 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2619 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2620 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2621 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2622 specifying properties to add to the button.
2623 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2624 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2625 `define-button-type'.
2627 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2629 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2631 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2632 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2633 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2634 specifying properties to add to the button.
2635 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2636 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2637 `define-button-type'.
2639 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2640 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2641 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2642 `make-text-button'.
2644 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2646 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2648 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2649 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2650 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2651 specifying properties to add to the button.
2652 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2653 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2654 `define-button-type'.
2656 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2657 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2658 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2659 `insert-text-button'.
2661 Also see `make-text-button'.
2663 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2665 ;;;***
2667 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2668 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2669 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2670 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2671 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17806 44346))
2672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2673 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2674 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2676 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2677 Not documented
2679 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2681 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2682 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2683 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2685 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2687 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2688 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2689 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2690 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2692 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2693 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2694 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2695 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2696 whether to compile it.
2698 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2700 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2701 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2703 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2704 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2706 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2707 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2708 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2709 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2710 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2712 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2714 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2715 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2716 Print the result in the echo area.
2717 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2721 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2722 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2723 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2725 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2727 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2728 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2729 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2730 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2731 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2732 all functions called by those functions.
2734 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2735 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2736 cons, etc.).
2738 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2739 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2740 invoked interactively.
2742 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2744 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2745 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2746 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2747 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2749 \(fn)" nil nil)
2751 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2752 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2753 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2754 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2755 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2756 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2757 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2758 already up-to-date.
2760 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2762 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2763 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2764 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2765 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2767 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2768 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2769 and corresponding effects.
2771 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2773 ;;;***
2775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17806 44345))
2776 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2778 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2780 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2782 ;;;***
2784 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2785 ;;;;;; (17398 63772))
2786 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2788 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2789 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2790 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2791 from the cursor position.
2793 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2795 ;;;***
2797 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2798 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2799 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2800 ;;;;;; (17723 17911))
2801 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2803 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2804 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2806 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2807 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2809 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2810 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2814 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2815 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2817 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2819 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2820 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2822 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2825 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2827 \(fn)" t nil)
2829 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2830 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2831 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2832 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2834 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2836 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2837 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2838 This is most useful in the X window system.
2839 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2840 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2842 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2844 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2845 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2846 See calc-keypad for details.
2848 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2850 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2851 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2853 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2855 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2856 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2858 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2860 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2861 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2863 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2865 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2866 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2867 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2869 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2871 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2872 Not documented
2874 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2876 ;;;***
2878 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17398
2879 ;;;;;; 63764))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2882 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2883 Run the Emacs calculator.
2884 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2886 \(fn)" t nil)
2888 ;;;***
2890 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2891 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2892 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2893 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2894 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2895 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2896 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2897 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2898 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2899 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2900 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2901 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2902 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2903 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2904 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2905 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2906 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2907 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17806 44345))
2908 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2910 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2911 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2912 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2913 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2914 the screen.")
2916 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2918 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2919 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2920 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2921 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2922 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2923 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2925 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2927 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2928 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2929 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2931 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2933 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2934 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2935 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2937 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2939 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2940 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2941 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2942 displayed.")
2944 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2946 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2947 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2948 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2950 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2952 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2953 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2954 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2956 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2958 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2960 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2961 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2962 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2964 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2965 calendar.")
2967 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2969 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2970 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2971 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2973 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2974 calendar.")
2976 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2978 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2979 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2980 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2982 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2983 calendar.")
2985 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2987 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2988 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2989 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2991 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2993 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2994 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2995 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2996 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2997 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2999 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3001 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3002 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3003 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3004 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3005 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3006 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3007 a function is also provided for this:
3008 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3010 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3011 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3012 date is not visible in the window.
3014 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3015 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3016 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3018 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3020 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3021 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3023 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3024 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3025 date is visible in the window.
3027 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3028 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3029 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3031 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3033 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3034 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3036 For example,
3038 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3040 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3042 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3044 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3045 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3047 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3048 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3050 MONTH/DAY
3051 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3052 MONTHNAME DAY
3053 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3054 DAYNAME
3056 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3057 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3058 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3059 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3060 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3061 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3062 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3063 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3064 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3065 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3066 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3067 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3068 in every week.
3070 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3071 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3072 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3073 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3075 DAY/MONTH
3076 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3077 DAY MONTHNAME
3078 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3079 DAYNAME
3081 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3082 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3084 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3085 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3086 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3087 window but will appear in a diary window.
3089 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3090 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3092 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3093 entries (in the default American style):
3095 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3096 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3097 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3098 21: Payday
3099 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3100 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3101 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3102 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3103 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3104 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3105 &* 15 time cards due.
3107 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3108 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3109 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3110 single diary entry
3112 02/11/1989
3113 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3114 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3115 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3116 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3117 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3118 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3120 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3121 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3122 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3124 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3126 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3128 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3129 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3130 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3131 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3132 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3133 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3134 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3135 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3136 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3137 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3138 details.
3140 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3141 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3142 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3143 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3144 documentation for these functions for details.
3146 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3147 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3149 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3151 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3152 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3154 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3156 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3157 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3159 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3161 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3162 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3164 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3166 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3167 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3169 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3171 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3172 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3173 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3175 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3177 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3178 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3179 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3181 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3183 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3184 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3185 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3186 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3187 full.")
3189 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3191 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3192 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3193 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3194 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3197 DAY/MONTH
3198 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3199 DAY MONTHNAME
3200 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3201 DAYNAME
3203 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3204 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3205 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3208 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3209 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3210 `american-calendar'.")
3212 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3214 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3215 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3216 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3218 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3220 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3221 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3222 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3224 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3226 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3227 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3228 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3230 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3232 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3233 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3234 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3236 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3238 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3239 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3240 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3241 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3242 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3243 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3245 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3247 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3248 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3249 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3251 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3252 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3253 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3254 of the form
3256 #include \"filename\"
3258 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3259 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3260 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3261 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3262 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3264 For example, you could use
3266 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3267 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3268 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3270 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3271 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3272 lexicographic order.")
3274 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3276 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3277 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3278 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3280 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3282 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3283 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3284 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3285 diary display.
3287 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3288 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3289 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3290 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3291 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3292 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3293 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3295 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3296 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3297 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3298 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3299 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3300 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3301 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3302 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3304 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3306 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3307 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3308 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3309 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3310 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3311 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3312 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3314 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3316 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3317 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3319 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3320 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3321 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3322 of the form
3323 #include \"filename\"
3324 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3325 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3326 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3327 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3328 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3330 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3332 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3333 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3334 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3335 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3336 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3337 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3338 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3340 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3342 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3343 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3344 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3345 are holidays.")
3347 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3349 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3350 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3351 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3352 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3353 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3355 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3357 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3359 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3360 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3361 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3363 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3365 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3367 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3368 Oriental holidays.
3369 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3371 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3373 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3375 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3376 Local holidays.
3377 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3379 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3381 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3383 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3384 User defined holidays.
3385 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3387 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3389 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3391 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3393 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3395 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3397 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3399 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3401 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3403 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3405 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3407 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3408 Jewish holidays.
3409 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3411 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3413 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3415 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3416 Christian holidays.
3417 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3419 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3421 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3423 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3424 Islamic holidays.
3425 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3427 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3429 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3431 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3432 Baha'i holidays.
3433 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3435 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3437 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3439 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3440 Sun-related holidays.
3441 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3443 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3445 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3447 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3448 The frame setup of the calendar.
3449 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3450 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3451 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3452 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3453 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3455 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3457 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3458 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3459 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3461 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3462 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3466 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3467 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3468 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3470 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3471 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3472 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3473 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3475 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3477 ;;;***
3479 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3480 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17398 63774))
3481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3483 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3484 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3486 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3488 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3489 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3490 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3491 it fails.
3493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3495 ;;;***
3497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17806
3498 ;;;;;; 44352))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3500 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3502 ;;;***
3504 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3505 ;;;;;; (17822 38987))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3508 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3509 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3511 \(fn)" nil nil)
3513 ;;;***
3515 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3516 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3517 ;;;;;; (17822 38987))
3518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3520 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3521 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3522 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3523 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3524 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3525 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3526 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3528 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3530 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3531 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3533 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3535 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3536 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3539 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3540 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3541 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3542 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3543 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3544 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3546 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3548 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3549 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3551 Key bindings:
3552 \\{c-mode-map}
3554 \(fn)" t nil)
3556 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3557 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3559 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3560 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3561 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3562 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3563 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3564 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3565 message.
3567 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3569 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3570 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3572 Key bindings:
3573 \\{c++-mode-map}
3575 \(fn)" t nil)
3577 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3578 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3579 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3581 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3582 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3583 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3584 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3585 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3586 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3587 message.
3589 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3591 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3592 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3594 Key bindings:
3595 \\{objc-mode-map}
3597 \(fn)" t nil)
3599 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3600 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3601 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3603 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3604 Major mode for editing Java code.
3605 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3606 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3607 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3608 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3609 message.
3611 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3613 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3614 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3616 Key bindings:
3617 \\{java-mode-map}
3619 \(fn)" t nil)
3621 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3622 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3623 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3625 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3626 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3627 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3628 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3629 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3630 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3631 message.
3633 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3635 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3636 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3638 Key bindings:
3639 \\{idl-mode-map}
3641 \(fn)" t nil)
3643 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3644 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3645 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3646 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3648 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3649 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3650 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3651 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3652 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3653 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3654 message.
3656 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3658 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3659 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3661 Key bindings:
3662 \\{pike-mode-map}
3664 \(fn)" t nil)
3665 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3666 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3667 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3668 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3669 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3670 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3672 ;;;***
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3675 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17822 38987))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3678 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3679 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3680 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3681 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3683 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3685 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3686 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3687 might get set too.
3689 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3690 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3691 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3692 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3693 way.
3695 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3696 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3697 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3698 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3699 a null operation.
3701 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3703 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3704 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3705 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3706 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3708 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3710 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3711 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3712 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3714 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3716 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3717 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3718 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3719 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3720 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3722 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3724 ;;;***
3726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17520
3727 ;;;;;; 12668))
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3729 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3731 ;;;***
3733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17822 38987))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3735 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3736 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3737 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3739 ;;;***
3741 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3742 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3743 ;;;;;; (17806 44348))
3744 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3746 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3747 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3749 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3751 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3752 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3754 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3756 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3757 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3759 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3760 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3761 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3762 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3763 execution.
3765 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3767 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3769 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3770 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3772 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3773 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3774 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3775 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3777 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3778 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3779 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3780 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3781 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3782 `write' commands.
3784 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3785 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3786 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3787 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3789 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3790 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3791 semantics.
3793 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3795 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3797 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3799 STATEMENT :=
3800 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3801 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3803 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3804 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3805 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3806 | integer
3808 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3810 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3811 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3812 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3814 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3815 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3816 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3818 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3819 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3821 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3822 BREAK := (break)
3824 REPEAT :=
3825 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3826 (repeat)
3827 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3828 ;; (repeat))
3829 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3830 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3831 ;; (read REG)
3832 ;; (repeat))
3833 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3834 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3835 ;; (read REG)
3836 ;; (repeat))
3837 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3839 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3840 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3841 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3842 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3843 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3844 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3845 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3846 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3847 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3848 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3849 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3850 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3851 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3852 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3853 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3854 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3856 WRITE :=
3857 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3858 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3859 ;; representation.
3860 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3861 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3862 ;; (write r7))
3863 | (write EXPRESSION)
3864 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3865 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3866 ;; representation.
3867 | (write integer)
3868 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3869 ;; buffer.
3870 | (write string)
3871 ;; Same as: (write string)
3872 | string
3873 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3874 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3875 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3876 ;; representation.
3877 | (write REG ARRAY)
3878 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3879 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3880 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3881 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3882 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3883 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3885 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3886 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3888 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3889 END := (end)
3891 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3892 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3893 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3895 ARG := REG | integer
3897 OPERATOR :=
3898 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3899 + | - | * | / | %
3901 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3902 | & | `|' | ^
3904 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3905 | << | >>
3907 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3908 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3909 | <8
3911 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3912 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3913 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3914 | >8
3916 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3917 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3918 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3919 | //
3921 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3922 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3924 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3925 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3926 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3927 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3928 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3929 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3930 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3931 | de-sjis
3933 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3934 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3935 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3936 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3937 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3938 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3939 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3940 ;; byte of SJIS.
3941 | en-sjis
3943 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3944 ;; Same meaning as C code
3945 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3947 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3948 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3949 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3950 | <8=
3952 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3953 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3954 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3956 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3957 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3958 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3959 | //=
3961 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3964 TRANSLATE :=
3965 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3966 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3967 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3968 LOOKUP :=
3969 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3970 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3971 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3972 MAP :=
3973 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3974 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3975 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3976 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3977 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3978 MAP-ID := integer
3980 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3982 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3983 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3984 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3985 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3986 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3987 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3989 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3991 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3992 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3993 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3995 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3997 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3999 ;;;***
4001 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4002 ;;;;;; (17822 38987))
4003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4005 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4006 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4007 There are no special keybindings by default.
4009 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4010 to the action header.
4012 \(fn)" t nil)
4014 ;;;***
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4017 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4018 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4019 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4020 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4021 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4024 ;;;;;; (17740 22928))
4025 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4027 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4028 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4029 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4030 the users will view as each check is completed.
4032 \(fn)" t nil)
4034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4035 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4036 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4037 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4038 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4039 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4040 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4041 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4043 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4045 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4046 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4047 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4048 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4049 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4050 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4051 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4052 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4054 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4056 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4057 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4058 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4059 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4060 spacing are all verified.
4062 \(fn)" t nil)
4064 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4065 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4066 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4067 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4068 otherwise stop after the first error.
4070 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4072 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4073 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4074 Only documentation strings are checked.
4075 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4076 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4077 a separate buffer.
4079 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4081 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4082 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4083 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4084 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4085 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4087 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4089 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4090 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4091 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4092 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4093 if there is one.
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4100 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4101 if there is one.
4102 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4104 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4106 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4107 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4108 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4110 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4112 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4113 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4114 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4115 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4116 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4118 \(fn)" t nil)
4120 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4121 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4122 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4123 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4124 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4125 space at the end of each line.
4127 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4129 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4130 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4131 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4132 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4134 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4136 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4137 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4138 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4139 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4141 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4143 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4144 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4145 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4146 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4148 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4150 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4151 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4152 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4153 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4155 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4157 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4158 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4159 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4160 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4162 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4164 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4165 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4166 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4167 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4169 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4171 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4172 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4173 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4174 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4176 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4178 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4179 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4180 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4181 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4183 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4186 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4187 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4188 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4190 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4192 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4193 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4194 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4196 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4197 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4198 checking of documentation strings.
4200 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4204 ;;;***
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4207 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17806
4208 ;;;;;; 44350))
4209 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4211 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4212 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4213 Return the length of resulting text.
4215 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4217 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4218 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4220 \(fn)" t nil)
4222 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4223 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4224 Return the length of resulting text.
4226 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4228 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4229 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4231 \(fn)" t nil)
4233 ;;;***
4235 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4236 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17806 44337))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4239 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4240 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4241 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4242 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4243 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4244 editing and the result is evaluated.
4246 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4248 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4249 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4250 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4251 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4252 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4254 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4256 \(fn)" t nil)
4258 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4259 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4260 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4261 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4262 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4264 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4265 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4266 \\{command-history-map}
4268 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4269 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4271 \(fn)" t nil)
4273 ;;;***
4275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17806 44346))
4276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4278 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4279 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4280 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4281 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4282 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4283 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4285 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4286 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4288 ;;;***
4290 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4291 ;;;;;; (17735 59804))
4292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4294 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4295 Not documented
4297 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4299 ;;;***
4301 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4302 ;;;;;; (17398 63781))
4303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4305 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4306 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4307 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4308 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4310 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4311 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4312 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4313 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4315 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4316 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4318 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4320 ;;;***
4322 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17806
4323 ;;;;;; 44337))
4324 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4326 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4327 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4328 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4329 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4330 of `scheme-program-name').
4331 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4332 it is given as initial input.
4333 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4334 discards input when it starts up.
4335 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4336 is run).
4337 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4339 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4340 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4342 ;;;***
4344 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4345 ;;;;;; (17806 44348))
4346 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4348 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4349 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4350 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4351 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4352 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4353 ?* is used.
4354 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4356 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4357 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4358 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4359 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4360 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4361 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4366 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4367 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4368 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4369 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4370 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4371 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 ;;;***
4404 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4405 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4406 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17806 44349))
4407 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4409 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4410 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4411 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4412 ASCII table.
4414 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4415 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4416 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4417 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4419 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4421 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4422 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4423 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4425 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4427 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4428 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4429 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4431 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4433 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4434 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4435 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4437 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4439 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4440 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4442 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4443 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4444 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4446 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4447 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4449 \(fn)" nil nil)
4451 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4452 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4454 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4455 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4456 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4458 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4460 ;;;***
4462 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4463 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4464 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4465 ;;;;;; (17806 44337))
4466 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4468 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4469 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4470 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4471 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4472 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4473 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4474 functions have already modified the buffer.
4476 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4478 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4479 either globally or locally.")
4481 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4483 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4484 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4485 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4486 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4487 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4488 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4489 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4490 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4492 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4494 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4496 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4497 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4498 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4499 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4500 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4501 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4502 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4503 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4505 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4507 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4509 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4510 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4511 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4512 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4513 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4514 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4516 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4518 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4519 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4520 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4521 directory tracking functions.")
4523 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4524 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4525 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4527 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4529 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4531 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4532 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4533 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4535 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4537 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4539 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4540 Send COMMAND to current process.
4541 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4542 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4544 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4546 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4547 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4548 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4549 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4551 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4553 ;;;***
4555 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17806
4556 ;;;;;; 44337))
4557 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4559 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4560 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4561 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4562 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4564 This command pushes the mark in each window
4565 at the prior location of point in that window.
4566 If both windows display the same buffer,
4567 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4568 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4570 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4571 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4572 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4573 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4574 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4575 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4576 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4577 ignored.
4579 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4580 this command work in interlaced mode:
4581 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4582 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4583 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4585 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4587 ;;;***
4589 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4590 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4591 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4592 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4593 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17806 44353))
4594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4596 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4597 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4599 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4601 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4602 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4604 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4606 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4607 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4608 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4609 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4610 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4611 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4612 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4614 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4615 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4616 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4617 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4618 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4620 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4621 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4622 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4623 describing how the process finished.")
4625 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4626 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4627 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4628 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4630 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4631 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4632 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4634 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4636 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4637 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4638 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4639 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4641 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4643 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4644 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4646 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4647 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4649 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4650 (lambda ()
4651 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4652 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4653 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4654 (concat \"make -k \"
4655 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4657 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4658 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4660 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4661 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4662 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4663 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4665 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4667 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4668 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4669 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4670 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4672 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4673 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4675 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4676 and move to the source code that caused it.
4678 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4679 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4680 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4681 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4683 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4684 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4685 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4686 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4687 subprocesses.
4689 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4690 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4691 to a function that generates a unique name.
4693 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4695 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4696 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4697 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4698 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4700 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4701 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4702 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4703 to determine the buffer name.
4705 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4706 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4707 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4709 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4711 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4713 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4714 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4715 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4716 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4717 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4719 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4721 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4723 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4725 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4726 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4727 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4728 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4729 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4730 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4731 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4735 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4736 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4737 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4738 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4739 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4740 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4744 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4745 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4746 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4748 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4750 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4752 ;;;***
4754 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4755 ;;;;;; (17806 44337))
4756 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4758 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4759 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4760 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4762 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4763 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4765 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4767 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4768 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4769 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4771 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4772 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4773 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4774 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4776 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4777 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4778 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4779 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4781 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4782 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4783 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4784 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4786 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4787 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4788 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4789 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4790 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4794 ;;;***
4796 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4797 ;;;;;; (17806 44337))
4798 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4800 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4801 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4802 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4804 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4805 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4807 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4809 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4810 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4814 ;;;***
4816 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4817 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4818 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4819 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17806 44337))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4822 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4823 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4824 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4825 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4826 `make-composition'.
4828 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4830 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4831 | | 1:tc or top-center
4832 | | 2:tr or top-right
4833 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4834 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4835 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4836 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4837 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4838 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4840 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4841 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4842 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4843 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4844 be added.
4846 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4847 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4848 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4850 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4851 | | |
4852 | global| |
4853 | glyph | |
4854 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4855 +----+--*--+
4856 | | new |
4857 | |glyph|
4858 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4861 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4862 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4863 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4864 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4866 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4868 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4869 Compose characters in the current region.
4871 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4872 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4874 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4876 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4877 specifying the region.
4879 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4880 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4881 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4883 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4884 of the text in the region.
4886 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4888 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4889 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4890 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4891 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4893 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4894 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4895 detail.
4897 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4898 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4899 text in the composition.
4901 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4903 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4904 Decompose text in the current region.
4906 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4907 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4909 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4911 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4912 Compose characters in string STRING.
4914 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4915 the characters in it.
4917 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4918 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4919 STRING respectively.
4921 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4922 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4923 `compose-region' for more detail.
4925 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4926 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4927 text in the composition.
4929 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4931 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4932 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4934 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4936 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4937 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4938 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4939 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4940 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4941 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4942 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4943 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4945 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4947 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4948 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4950 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4951 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4953 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4954 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4956 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4957 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4959 If no composition is found, return nil.
4961 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4962 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4964 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4965 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4966 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4968 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4970 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4972 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4973 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4974 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4976 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4978 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4980 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4982 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4983 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4985 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4986 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4987 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4988 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4989 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4990 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4991 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4992 nil.
4994 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4996 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4997 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4999 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5001 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5002 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5004 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5006 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5008 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5009 Compose last characters.
5010 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5011 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5012 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5013 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5014 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5015 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5016 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5017 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5018 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5019 after a sequence of character events.
5021 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5022 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5024 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5025 Convert CHAR to string.
5027 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5028 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5029 vector of CHAR respectively.
5030 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5032 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5034 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5036 ;;;***
5038 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5039 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5040 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5041 ;;;;;; (17723 17915))
5042 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5044 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5045 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5046 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5047 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5048 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5049 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5050 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5052 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5053 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5054 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5056 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5057 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5058 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5060 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5061 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5062 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5063 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5065 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5066 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5067 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5068 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5069 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5070 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5071 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5073 \\{conf-mode-map}
5075 \(fn)" t nil)
5077 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5078 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5079 Comments start with `#'.
5080 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5082 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5084 \[Desktop Entry]
5085 Encoding=UTF-8
5086 Name=The GIMP
5087 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5088 Name[cs]=GIMP
5090 \(fn)" t nil)
5092 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5093 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5094 Comments start with `;'.
5095 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5097 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5099 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5100 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5101 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5103 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5104 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5106 \(fn)" t nil)
5108 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5109 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5110 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5111 between `/*' and `*/'.
5112 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5114 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5115 // another kind of comment
5116 /* yet another */
5118 name:value
5119 name=value
5120 name value
5121 x.1 =
5122 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5123 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5125 \(fn)" t nil)
5127 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5128 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5129 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5130 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5131 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5132 `conf-space-keywords'.
5133 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5134 in an interactive fashion instead.
5136 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5138 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5140 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5141 image/png png
5142 image/tiff tiff tif
5144 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5145 class desktop
5146 # Standard multimedia devices
5147 add /dev/audio desktop
5148 add /dev/mixer desktop
5150 \(fn)" t nil)
5152 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5153 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5154 See `conf-space-mode'.
5156 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5158 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5159 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5160 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5161 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5163 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5165 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5166 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5168 \(fn)" t nil)
5170 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5171 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5172 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5173 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5175 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5177 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5178 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5180 \(fn)" t nil)
5182 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5183 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5184 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5185 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5187 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5189 *background: gray99
5190 *foreground: black
5192 \(fn)" t nil)
5194 ;;;***
5196 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5197 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17806 44352))
5198 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5200 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5201 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5202 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5203 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5205 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5207 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5208 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5209 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5210 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5212 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5214 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5215 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5216 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5217 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5219 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5221 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5222 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5224 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5226 ;;;***
5228 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5229 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17398 63773))
5230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5232 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5233 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5234 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5235 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5236 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5237 following the copyright are updated as well.
5238 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5239 interactively.
5241 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5243 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5244 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5245 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5247 \(fn)" t nil)
5249 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5250 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5252 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5254 ;;;***
5256 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5257 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17806 44353))
5258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5260 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5261 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5262 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5263 Tab indents for Perl code.
5264 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5265 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5267 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5268 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5269 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5270 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5271 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5272 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5273 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5274 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5275 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5276 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5277 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5278 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5280 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5282 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5283 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5285 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5287 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5288 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5289 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5290 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5291 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5292 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5293 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5294 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5295 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5297 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5299 bite if angry;
5301 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5302 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5303 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5304 to nil.)
5306 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5307 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5308 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5310 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5312 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5313 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5314 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5315 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5316 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5318 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5320 if (A) { B }
5322 into
5324 B if A;
5326 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5328 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5329 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5330 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5331 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5332 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5333 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5334 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5335 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5336 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5337 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5338 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5339 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5340 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5342 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5343 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5344 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5345 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5346 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5347 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5349 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5350 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5351 man via menu.
5353 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5354 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5355 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5356 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5357 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5359 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5360 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5361 span the needed amount of lines.
5363 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5364 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5365 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5366 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5368 Variables controlling indentation style:
5369 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5370 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5371 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5372 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5373 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5374 `cperl-auto-newline'
5375 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5376 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5377 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5378 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5379 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5380 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5381 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5382 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5383 `cperl-indent-level'
5384 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5385 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5386 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5387 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5388 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5389 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5390 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5391 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5392 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5393 `cperl-brace-offset'
5394 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5395 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5396 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5397 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5398 `cperl-label-offset'
5399 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5400 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5401 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5403 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5404 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5405 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5406 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5407 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5408 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5410 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5411 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5412 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5413 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5415 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5416 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5417 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5418 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5419 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5420 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5422 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5423 column 0 is indented on
5424 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5426 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5427 with no args.
5429 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5430 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5431 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5433 \(fn)" t nil)
5435 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5436 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5438 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5440 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5441 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5443 \(fn)" t nil)
5445 ;;;***
5447 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5448 ;;;;;; (17398 63781))
5449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5451 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5452 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5453 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5454 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5455 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5457 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5459 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5460 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5462 \(fn)" t nil)
5464 ;;;***
5466 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5467 ;;;;;; (17806 44346))
5468 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5470 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5471 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5472 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5473 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5476 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5478 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5480 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5481 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5482 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5486 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5488 ;;;***
5490 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5491 ;;;;;; (17806 44346))
5492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5494 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5495 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5496 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5497 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5499 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5500 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5501 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5502 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5504 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5505 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5506 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5508 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5509 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5510 'bob', and 'eve'.
5512 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5513 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5514 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5516 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5518 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5519 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5520 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5522 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5524 ;;;***
5526 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5527 ;;;;;; (17806 44346))
5528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5530 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5531 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5532 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5535 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5537 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5539 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5540 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5541 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5542 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5543 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5545 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5546 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5547 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5548 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5549 function of these prefix keys.
5551 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5552 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5553 options:
5554 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5555 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5556 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5558 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5559 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5560 the prefix fallback behavior.
5562 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5563 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5564 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5565 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5569 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5570 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5572 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5573 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5574 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5575 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5576 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5577 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5578 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5579 (if user-init-file (concat
5580 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5581 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5583 ;;;***
5585 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5586 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5587 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5588 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5589 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5590 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5591 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5592 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5593 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5594 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5595 ;;;;;; (17822 38984))
5596 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5598 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5599 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5601 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5603 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5604 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5606 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5608 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5609 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5611 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5612 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5614 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5615 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5617 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5618 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5620 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5621 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5623 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5625 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5627 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5628 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5629 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5631 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5632 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5634 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5635 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5637 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5638 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5640 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5641 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5643 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5645 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5647 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5648 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5649 Return VALUE.
5651 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5652 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5654 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5655 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5657 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5658 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5660 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5661 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5663 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5665 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5667 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5668 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5669 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5670 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5671 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5673 \(fn)" t nil)
5675 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5676 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5677 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5678 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5680 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5682 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5683 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5685 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5687 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5688 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5690 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5692 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5694 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5695 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5697 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5699 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5701 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5702 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5703 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5705 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5707 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5708 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5709 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5710 as part of Emacs itself.
5712 Each elements looks like this:
5714 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5716 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5717 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5718 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5719 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5720 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5721 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5722 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5723 and `defface'.
5725 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5727 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5728 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5729 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5730 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5731 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5733 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5734 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5735 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5736 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5738 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5740 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5741 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5742 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5743 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5744 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5746 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5747 that were added or redefined since that version.
5749 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5751 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5752 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5753 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5754 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5756 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5757 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5759 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5761 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5762 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5763 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5765 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5766 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5768 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5770 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5771 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5773 \(fn)" t nil)
5775 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5776 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5778 \(fn)" t nil)
5780 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5781 Customize all already saved user options.
5783 \(fn)" t nil)
5785 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5786 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5787 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5788 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5789 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5790 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5791 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5792 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5794 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5796 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5798 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5799 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5801 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5803 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5804 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5806 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5808 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5809 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5811 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5813 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5814 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5815 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5816 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5817 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5818 that option.
5820 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5822 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5823 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5824 The result includes selecting that window.
5825 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5826 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5827 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5828 that option.
5830 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5832 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5833 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5835 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5837 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5838 File used for storing customization information.
5839 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5840 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5841 it should be an absolute file name.
5843 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5844 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5845 something like the following in your init file:
5847 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5848 \(load custom-file)
5850 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5851 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5853 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5854 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5855 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5856 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5857 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5859 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5860 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5861 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5862 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5863 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5864 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5865 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5866 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5867 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5868 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5870 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5872 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5873 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5875 \(fn)" nil nil)
5877 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5878 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5880 \(fn)" t nil)
5882 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5883 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5884 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5886 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5888 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5890 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5891 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5892 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5894 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5896 ;;;***
5898 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5899 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17398 63765))
5900 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5902 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5903 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5905 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5907 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5908 Alist of face attributes.
5910 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5911 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5912 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5913 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5914 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5915 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5917 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5918 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5919 customization type TYPE).
5921 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5922 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5923 given face attribute.")
5925 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5926 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5927 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5928 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5930 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5932 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5933 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5934 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5935 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5936 between themes and faces.
5937 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5939 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5940 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5942 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5944 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5945 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5946 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5948 (FACE IGNORED)
5950 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5952 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5954 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5955 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5956 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5958 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5960 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5962 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5964 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5966 ;;;***
5968 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5969 ;;;;;; (17632 59497))
5970 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5972 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5973 Create a custom theme.
5975 \(fn)" t nil)
5977 ;;;***
5979 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5980 ;;;;;; (17806 44337))
5981 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5983 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5984 Mode used for cvs status output.
5986 \(fn)" t nil)
5988 ;;;***
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5991 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17398 63781))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5994 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5995 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5997 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5998 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5999 C++ modes are included.
6001 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6005 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6006 Turn on CWarn mode.
6008 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6009 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6011 \(fn)" nil nil)
6013 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6014 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6015 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6017 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6018 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6020 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6022 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6023 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6024 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6025 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6026 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6030 ;;;***
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6033 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6034 ;;;;;; (17806 44350))
6035 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6037 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6038 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6040 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6042 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6043 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6045 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6047 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6048 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6049 For readability, the table is slightly
6050 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6052 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6053 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6054 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6055 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6056 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6058 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6060 ;;;***
6062 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6063 ;;;;;; (17398 63765))
6064 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6065 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6066 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6068 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6069 Completion on current word.
6070 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6071 and presents suggestions for completion.
6073 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6074 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6075 completions.
6077 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6078 then it searches *all* buffers.
6080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6082 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6083 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6085 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6086 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6087 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6088 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6089 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6091 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6092 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6094 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6095 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6096 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6098 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6099 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6101 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6103 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6105 ;;;***
6107 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17398
6108 ;;;;;; 63781))
6109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6111 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6112 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6114 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6115 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6116 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6118 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6119 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6120 Data lines are not indented.
6122 Key bindings:
6124 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6125 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6127 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6128 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6129 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6130 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6132 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6134 dcl-basic-offset
6135 Extra indentation within blocks.
6137 dcl-continuation-offset
6138 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6140 dcl-margin-offset
6141 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6143 dcl-margin-label-offset
6144 Indentation for a label.
6146 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6147 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6149 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6150 dcl-block-end-regexp
6151 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6152 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6153 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6154 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6155 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6157 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6158 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6159 Two such functions are included in the package:
6160 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6161 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6163 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6164 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6165 One such function is included in the package:
6166 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6168 dcl-tab-always-indent
6169 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6170 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6171 margin.
6173 dcl-electric-characters
6174 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6175 typed.
6177 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6178 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6179 which words trigger electric indentation.
6181 dcl-tempo-comma
6182 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6183 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6184 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6186 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6187 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6188 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6189 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6191 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6192 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6193 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6194 dcl-imenu-label-call
6195 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6197 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6198 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6199 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6200 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6203 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6205 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6206 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6207 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6208 $ i = 1
6209 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6210 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6211 $ label:
6212 $ if i.eq.1
6213 $ then
6214 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6215 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6216 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6217 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6218 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6219 \"lined up with the command line\"
6220 $ type sys$input
6221 Data lines are not indented at all.
6222 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6223 $ endif
6227 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6228 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6230 \(fn)" t nil)
6232 ;;;***
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6235 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17501 10770))
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6238 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6240 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6241 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6242 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6243 of the evaluator.
6245 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6246 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6247 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6249 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6251 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6252 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6254 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6256 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6257 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6258 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6259 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6260 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6261 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6263 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6264 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6266 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6268 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6269 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6270 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6271 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6272 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6274 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6276 ;;;***
6278 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6279 ;;;;;; (17806 44352))
6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6282 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6283 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6285 \(fn)" t nil)
6287 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6288 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6289 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6290 Upper-case letters are commands.
6292 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6293 modify it.
6295 The most useful commands are:
6296 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6297 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6298 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6299 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6300 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6301 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6303 \(fn)" t nil)
6305 ;;;***
6307 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6308 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17806
6309 ;;;;;; 44337))
6310 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6312 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6313 Customization of `columns' group.
6315 \(fn)" t nil)
6317 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6318 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6320 START and END delimits the text region.
6322 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6324 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6325 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6327 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6329 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6331 ;;;***
6333 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17620
6334 ;;;;;; 26952))
6335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6337 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6338 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6339 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6340 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6341 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6342 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6344 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6346 Customization:
6348 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6349 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6350 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6351 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6352 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6353 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6354 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6355 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6356 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6357 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6358 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6359 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6360 blank line.
6361 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6362 Directories to search when finding external units.
6363 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6364 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6366 Coloring:
6368 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6369 Face used to color delphi comments.
6370 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6371 Face used to color delphi strings.
6372 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6373 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6374 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6375 Face used to color everything else.
6377 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6378 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6380 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6382 ;;;***
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17398
6385 ;;;;;; 63765))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6388 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6390 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6391 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6392 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6395 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6397 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6399 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6400 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6401 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6402 positive.
6404 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6405 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6406 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6407 any selection.
6409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6411 ;;;***
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6414 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17806 44346))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6417 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6418 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6420 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6422 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6423 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6424 or nil if there is no parent.
6425 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6426 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6427 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6428 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6429 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6431 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6432 arguments are currently understood:
6433 :group GROUP
6434 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6435 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6436 :syntax-table TABLE
6437 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6438 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6439 :abbrev-table TABLE
6440 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6441 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6443 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6445 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6447 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6448 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6449 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6451 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6452 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6454 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6455 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6456 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6458 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6459 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6461 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6462 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6464 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6466 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6468 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6469 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6470 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6471 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6472 the first time the mode is used.
6474 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6476 ;;;***
6478 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6479 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17806 44337))
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6482 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6483 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6484 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6485 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6486 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6487 otherwise.
6489 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6491 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6492 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6493 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6494 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6495 character composition information (if relevant),
6496 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6498 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6500 ;;;***
6502 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6503 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6504 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6505 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17723 17909))
6506 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6508 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6509 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6510 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6512 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6514 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6515 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6516 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6517 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6518 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6519 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6523 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6524 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6525 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6526 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6528 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6530 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6531 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6532 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6534 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6535 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6536 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6538 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6539 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6541 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6542 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6543 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6545 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6546 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6547 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6548 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6550 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6552 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6553 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6555 Handlers are called with argument list
6557 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6559 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6561 desktop-file-version
6562 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6563 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6564 desktop-buffer-point
6565 desktop-buffer-mark
6566 desktop-buffer-read-only
6567 desktop-buffer-locals
6569 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6570 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6572 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6573 code like
6575 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6577 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6578 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6580 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6582 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6584 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6585 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6586 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6587 List elements must have the form
6589 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6591 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6592 function.
6594 Handlers are called with argument list
6596 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6598 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6600 desktop-file-version
6601 desktop-buffer-file-name
6602 desktop-buffer-name
6603 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6604 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6605 desktop-buffer-point
6606 desktop-buffer-mark
6607 desktop-buffer-read-only
6608 desktop-buffer-misc
6610 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6611 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6612 created and set.
6614 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6615 code like
6617 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6619 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6620 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6622 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6624 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6626 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6628 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6629 Empty the Desktop.
6630 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6631 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6632 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6634 \(fn)" t nil)
6636 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6637 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6638 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6639 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6641 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6643 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6644 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6645 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6647 \(fn)" t nil)
6649 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6650 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6651 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6652 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6653 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6654 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6655 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6656 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6658 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6660 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6661 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6662 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6664 \(fn)" nil nil)
6666 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6667 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6668 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6669 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6670 directory DIRNAME.
6672 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6674 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6675 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6677 \(fn)" t nil)
6679 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6680 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6682 \(fn)" t nil)
6684 ;;;***
6686 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6687 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6688 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17806 44347))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6691 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6692 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6693 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6694 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6695 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6696 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6698 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6700 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6701 Repair a broken attribution line.
6702 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6704 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6706 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6707 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6708 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6709 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6711 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6713 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6714 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6716 \(fn)" t nil)
6718 ;;;***
6720 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6721 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17806 44350))
6722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6724 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6726 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6727 Not documented
6729 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6731 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6732 Not documented
6734 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6736 ;;;***
6738 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6739 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17520 12668))
6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6742 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6743 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6744 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6745 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6746 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6750 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6751 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6752 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6753 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6755 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6756 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6757 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6758 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6760 #!/bin/sh
6761 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6762 emacs -batch \\
6763 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6764 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6765 european-calendar-style t \\
6766 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6767 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6768 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6770 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6771 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6772 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6773 to run it every morning at 1am.
6775 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6777 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6778 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6782 ;;;***
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6785 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17546 35257))
6786 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6788 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6789 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6791 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6793 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6794 *The command to use to run diff.")
6796 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6798 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6799 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6800 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6801 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6802 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6803 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6805 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6807 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6808 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6809 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6810 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6811 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6812 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6814 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6816 ;;;***
6818 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6819 ;;;;;; (17806 44337))
6820 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6822 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6823 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6824 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6825 normal diffs.
6826 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6827 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6828 headers for you on-the-fly.
6830 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6831 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6832 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6833 \\{diff-mode-map}
6835 \(fn)" t nil)
6837 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6838 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6839 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6843 ;;;***
6845 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6846 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6847 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6848 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6849 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17822 38984))
6850 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6852 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6853 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6854 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6855 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6856 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6857 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6858 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6859 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6861 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6863 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6864 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6866 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6867 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6868 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6869 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6870 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6872 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6873 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6875 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6876 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6877 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6878 always set this variable to t.")
6880 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6882 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6883 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6884 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6885 A value of t means move to first file.")
6887 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6889 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6890 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6891 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6892 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6893 are afterward marked with that character.")
6895 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6897 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6898 *Controls marking of copied files.
6899 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6900 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6902 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6904 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6905 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6906 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6907 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6909 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6911 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6912 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6913 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6914 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6916 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6918 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6919 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6920 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6921 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6923 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6925 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6927 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6928 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6929 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6931 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6933 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6934 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6935 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6936 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6937 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6938 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6940 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6941 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6942 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6943 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6944 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6945 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6946 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6947 list of files to make directory entries for.
6948 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6949 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6950 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6951 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6953 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6955 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6956 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6958 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6959 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6961 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6962 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6964 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6965 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6967 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6969 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6970 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6972 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6974 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6975 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6976 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6977 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6978 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6979 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6980 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6981 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6982 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6983 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6984 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6985 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6986 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6987 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6988 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6989 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6990 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6991 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6992 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6993 to see why something went wrong.
6994 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6995 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6996 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6997 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6998 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6999 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7000 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7001 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7002 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7003 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7004 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7005 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7006 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7008 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7009 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7010 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7011 again for the directory tree.
7013 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7014 for more info):
7016 `dired-listing-switches'
7017 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7018 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7019 `dired-marker-char'
7020 `dired-del-marker'
7021 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7022 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7023 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7024 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7026 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7028 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7029 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7030 `dired-mode-hook'
7031 `dired-load-hook'
7033 Keybindings:
7034 \\{dired-mode-map}
7036 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7037 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7039 ;;;***
7041 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7042 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7043 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7044 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7045 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7046 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7047 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7048 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7049 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7050 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7051 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7052 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7053 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7054 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17753 42781))
7055 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7057 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7058 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7059 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7060 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7061 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7062 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7063 which is options for `diff'.
7065 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7067 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7068 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7069 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7070 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7071 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7072 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7074 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7076 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7077 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7078 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7079 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7080 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7081 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7082 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7084 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7086 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7087 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7088 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7089 returned by function `file-attributes'
7091 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7092 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7094 Examples of PREDICATE:
7096 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7097 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7098 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7099 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7100 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7102 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7104 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7105 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7106 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7110 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7111 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7115 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7116 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7120 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7121 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7122 This calls touch.
7124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7126 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7127 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7128 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7129 `lpr-switches' as default.
7131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7133 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7134 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7135 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7136 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7137 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7139 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7140 with a prefix argument.
7142 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7144 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7145 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7146 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7147 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7148 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7150 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7151 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7153 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7154 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7155 file name substituted for `?'.
7157 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7158 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7160 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7161 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7162 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7163 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7165 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7167 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7168 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7169 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7171 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7172 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7173 in a subdir.
7175 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7176 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7177 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7179 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7181 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7182 Not documented
7184 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7186 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7187 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7188 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7189 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7190 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7191 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7192 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7193 from the buffer as well.
7194 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7195 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7196 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7198 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7200 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7201 Not documented
7203 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7205 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7206 Not documented
7208 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7210 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7211 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7215 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7216 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7220 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7221 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7225 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7226 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7227 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7228 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7230 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7231 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7232 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7233 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7234 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7235 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7236 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7238 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7240 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7241 Not documented
7243 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7245 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7246 Not documented
7248 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7250 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7251 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7253 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7255 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7256 Not documented
7258 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7260 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7261 Not documented
7263 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7265 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7266 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7268 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7270 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7271 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7272 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7273 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7274 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7275 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7276 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7277 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7278 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7280 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7281 like `cp -d'.
7283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7285 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7286 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7287 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7288 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7289 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7290 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7291 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7292 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7296 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7297 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7298 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7299 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7300 and new hard links are made in that directory
7301 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7302 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7303 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7307 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7308 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7309 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7310 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7311 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7312 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7313 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7317 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7318 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7320 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7321 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7322 file if none are marked.
7324 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7325 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7326 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7327 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7329 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7330 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7332 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7334 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7335 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7336 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7338 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7340 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7341 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7342 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7344 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7346 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7347 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7348 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7350 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7352 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7353 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7357 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7358 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7362 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7363 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7364 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7365 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7366 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7367 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7368 this subdirectory.
7369 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7371 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7372 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7373 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7374 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7375 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7376 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7377 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7379 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7381 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7382 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7383 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7384 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7385 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7386 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7387 this subdirectory.
7388 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7390 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7392 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7393 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7394 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7396 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7398 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7399 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7400 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7401 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7403 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7405 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7406 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7407 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7408 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7412 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7413 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7414 Lower levels are unaffected.
7416 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7418 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7419 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7421 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7423 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7424 Go down in the dired tree.
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7428 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7429 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7430 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7431 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7433 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7435 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7436 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7437 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7438 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7440 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7442 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7443 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7444 Stops when a match is found.
7445 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7447 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7449 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7450 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7451 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7452 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7453 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7455 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7457 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7458 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7459 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7460 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7462 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7464 ;;;***
7466 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17657 13075))
7467 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7469 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7470 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7471 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7472 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7473 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7474 buffer and try again.
7476 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7478 ;;;***
7480 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17806 44338))
7481 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7483 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7484 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7485 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7487 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7489 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7490 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7492 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7493 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7495 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7497 ;;;***
7499 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17398
7500 ;;;;;; 63773))
7501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7503 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7504 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7505 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7506 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7507 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7508 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7510 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7512 ;;;***
7514 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7515 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7516 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7517 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7518 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17806 44338))
7519 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7521 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7522 Return a new, empty display table.
7524 \(fn)" nil nil)
7526 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7527 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7528 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7529 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7530 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7532 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7534 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7535 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7536 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7537 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7538 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7540 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7542 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7543 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7545 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7547 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7548 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7550 \(fn)" t nil)
7552 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7553 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7555 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7557 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7558 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7560 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7562 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7563 Display character C using printable string S.
7565 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7567 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7568 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7569 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7570 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7572 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7574 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7575 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7576 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7577 X frame.
7579 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7581 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7582 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7584 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7586 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7587 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7591 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7592 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7594 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7595 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7596 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7597 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7599 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7600 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7601 European character display.
7603 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7604 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7605 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7606 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7608 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7609 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7610 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7611 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7612 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7614 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7616 ;;;***
7618 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7619 ;;;;;; (17806 44352))
7620 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7622 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7623 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7624 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7625 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7626 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7627 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7628 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7629 Default is 2.
7631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7633 ;;;***
7635 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17723 17909))
7636 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7638 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7639 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7640 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7641 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7642 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7643 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7644 private or ask).
7645 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7646 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7647 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7648 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7649 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7651 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7653 ;;;***
7655 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7656 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17632 59498))
7657 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7659 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7660 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7661 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7662 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7663 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7664 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7665 table and its own syntax table.
7667 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7669 \(fn)" t nil)
7670 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7672 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7673 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7675 \(fn)" t nil)
7676 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7678 ;;;***
7680 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17806 44352))
7681 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7683 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7684 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7686 \(fn)" t nil)
7688 ;;;***
7690 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7691 ;;;;;; (17806 44338))
7692 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7694 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7695 Toggle Double mode.
7696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7697 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7699 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7701 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7702 Toggle Double mode.
7703 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7705 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7706 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7708 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7710 ;;;***
7712 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17753 42784))
7713 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7715 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7716 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7718 \(fn)" t nil)
7720 ;;;***
7722 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7723 ;;;;;; (17398 63774))
7724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7726 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7727 Play sounds in message buffers.
7729 \(fn)" t nil)
7731 ;;;***
7733 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7734 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7735 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17822 38984))
7736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7738 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7740 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7741 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7742 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7743 and toggle command MODE.
7745 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7746 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7747 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7748 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7749 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7750 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7751 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7752 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7753 used (see below).
7755 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7756 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7757 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7758 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7759 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7760 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7761 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7762 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7763 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7764 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7765 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7766 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7767 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7768 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7769 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7770 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7771 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7773 For example, you could write
7774 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7775 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7776 ...BODY CODE...)
7778 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7780 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7782 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7783 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7784 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7785 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7786 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7787 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7788 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7789 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7790 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7791 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7792 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7793 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7795 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7796 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7797 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7798 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7799 call another major mode in their body.
7801 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7803 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7804 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7805 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7806 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7807 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7808 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7809 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7811 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7813 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7814 Not documented
7816 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7818 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7819 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7820 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7822 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7824 ;;;***
7826 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7827 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17809
7828 ;;;;;; 2158))
7829 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7831 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7833 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7834 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7836 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7837 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7838 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7840 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7841 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7843 :filter FUNCTION
7845 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7846 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7848 :visible INCLUDE
7850 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7851 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7853 :active ENABLE
7855 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7856 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7858 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7860 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7862 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7864 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7865 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7867 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7868 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7870 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7872 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7874 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7876 :keys KEYS
7878 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7879 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7880 computed automatically.
7881 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7883 :key-sequence KEYS
7885 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7886 menu item.
7887 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7888 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7889 keyboard equivalent.
7891 :active ENABLE
7893 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7894 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7896 :visible INCLUDE
7898 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7899 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7901 :suffix FORM
7903 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7904 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7906 :style STYLE
7908 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7909 defined:
7911 toggle: A checkbox.
7912 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7913 radio: A radio button.
7914 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7915 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7916 menu bar itself.
7917 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7919 :selected SELECTED
7921 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7922 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7924 :help HELP
7926 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7928 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7929 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7930 as a solid horizontal line.
7932 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7934 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7936 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7937 Not documented
7939 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7941 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7942 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7943 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7944 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7946 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7948 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7949 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7950 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7951 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7952 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7953 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7955 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7956 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7957 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7959 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7960 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7961 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7963 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7964 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7966 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7968 ;;;***
7970 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7971 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7972 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7973 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7974 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7975 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7976 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7977 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17806 44353))
7978 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7980 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7981 Customization for ebnf group.
7983 \(fn)" t nil)
7985 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7986 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7988 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7990 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7991 processed.
7993 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7995 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7997 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7998 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8000 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8001 killed after process termination.
8003 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8005 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8007 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8008 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8010 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8011 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8012 it to the printer.
8014 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8015 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8016 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8017 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8019 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8021 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8022 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8023 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8025 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8027 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8028 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8030 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8032 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8033 processed.
8035 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8037 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8042 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8043 killed after process termination.
8045 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8047 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8049 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8050 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8051 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8052 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8054 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8056 \(fn)" t nil)
8058 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8059 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8060 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8062 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8064 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8066 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8067 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8069 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8071 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8072 processed.
8074 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8076 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8078 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8079 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8081 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8082 killed after EPS generation.
8084 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8086 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8088 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8089 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8091 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8092 The EPS file name has the following form:
8094 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8096 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8097 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8099 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8100 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8101 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8102 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8104 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8106 \(fn)" t nil)
8108 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8109 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8111 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8112 The EPS file name has the following form:
8114 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8116 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8117 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8119 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8120 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8121 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8122 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8124 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8126 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8128 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8130 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8131 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8133 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8135 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8136 processed.
8138 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8140 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8142 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8143 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8145 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8146 killed after syntax checking.
8148 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8150 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8152 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8153 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8155 \(fn)" t nil)
8157 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8158 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8160 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8162 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8163 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8165 \(fn)" nil nil)
8167 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8168 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8170 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8172 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8174 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8175 Delete style NAME.
8177 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8179 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8181 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8182 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8184 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8186 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8188 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8189 Set STYLE as the current style.
8191 It returns the old style symbol.
8193 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8195 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8197 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8198 Reset current style.
8200 It returns the old style symbol.
8202 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8204 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8206 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8207 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8209 It returns the old style symbol.
8211 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8213 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8215 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8216 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8218 It returns the old style symbol.
8220 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8222 \(fn)" t nil)
8224 ;;;***
8226 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8227 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8228 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8229 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8230 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8231 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8232 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8233 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8234 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8235 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8236 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17822
8237 ;;;;;; 38987))
8238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8240 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8241 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8242 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8243 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8244 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8245 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8247 Tree mode key bindings:
8248 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8250 \(fn)" t nil)
8252 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8253 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8255 \(fn)" t nil)
8257 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8258 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8260 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8262 \(fn)" nil nil)
8264 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8265 View declaration of member at point.
8267 \(fn)" t nil)
8269 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8270 Find declaration of member at point.
8272 \(fn)" t nil)
8274 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8275 View definition of member at point.
8277 \(fn)" t nil)
8279 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8280 Find definition of member at point.
8282 \(fn)" t nil)
8284 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8285 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8287 \(fn)" t nil)
8289 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8290 View definition of member at point in other window.
8292 \(fn)" t nil)
8294 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8295 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8297 \(fn)" t nil)
8299 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8300 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8302 \(fn)" t nil)
8304 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8305 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8307 \(fn)" t nil)
8309 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8310 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8312 \(fn)" t nil)
8314 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8315 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8316 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8317 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8318 completion.
8320 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8322 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8323 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8324 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8325 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8327 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8329 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8330 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8331 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8332 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8334 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8336 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8337 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8338 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8340 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8342 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8343 Search for call sites of a member.
8344 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8345 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8346 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8347 looks like a function call to the member.
8349 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8351 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8352 Move backward in the position stack.
8353 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8355 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8357 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8358 Move forward in the position stack.
8359 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8361 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8363 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8364 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8366 \(fn)" t nil)
8368 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8369 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8371 \(fn)" t nil)
8373 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8374 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8375 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8376 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8378 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8380 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8381 Display statistics for a class tree.
8383 \(fn)" t nil)
8385 ;;;***
8387 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8388 ;;;;;; (17806 44338))
8389 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8391 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8392 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8393 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8394 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8396 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8397 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8398 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8400 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8401 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8402 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8404 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8406 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8408 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8410 ;;;***
8412 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8413 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17806 44338))
8414 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8416 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8417 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8418 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8420 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8422 ;;;***
8424 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8425 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8426 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17632 59497))
8427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8429 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8430 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8431 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8432 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8433 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8435 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8436 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8437 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8438 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8440 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8442 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8443 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8444 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8445 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8447 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8449 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8450 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8451 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8452 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8454 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8456 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8458 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8459 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8460 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8461 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8462 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8464 If you do this on a function definition
8465 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8466 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8467 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8468 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8470 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8471 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8472 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8473 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8474 already is one.)
8476 \(fn)" t nil)
8478 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8479 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8481 \(fn)" t nil)
8483 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8484 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8486 \(fn)" t nil)
8488 ;;;***
8490 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8491 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8492 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8493 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8494 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8495 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8496 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8497 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8498 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8499 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17753 42781))
8500 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8502 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8503 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8505 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8507 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8508 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8510 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8512 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8514 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8516 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8517 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8518 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8519 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8521 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8523 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8524 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8526 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8528 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8530 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8531 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8533 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8535 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8537 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8538 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8539 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8540 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8542 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8544 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8546 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8547 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8548 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8549 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8551 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8553 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8555 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8556 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8557 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8558 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8560 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8562 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8564 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8565 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8566 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8567 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8569 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8571 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8573 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8574 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8575 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8576 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8577 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8578 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8580 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8582 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8583 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8584 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8585 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8587 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8589 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8591 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8592 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8593 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8594 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8596 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8598 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8600 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8602 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8603 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8604 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8605 follows:
8606 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8607 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8609 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8611 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8612 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8613 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8614 follows:
8615 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8616 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8618 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8620 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8621 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8622 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8623 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8624 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8625 region.
8626 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8627 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8629 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8631 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8632 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8633 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8634 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8635 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8636 region.
8637 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8638 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8639 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8641 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8643 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8645 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8646 Merge two files without ancestor.
8648 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8650 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8651 Merge two files with ancestor.
8653 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8655 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8657 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8658 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8660 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8662 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8663 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8665 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8667 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8668 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8669 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8670 buffer.
8672 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8674 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8675 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8676 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8677 buffer.
8679 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8681 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8682 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8683 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8684 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8686 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8688 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8689 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8690 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8691 and don't ask the user.
8692 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8693 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8695 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8697 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8698 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8699 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8700 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8701 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8702 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8703 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8704 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8706 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8708 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8710 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8712 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8713 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8714 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8715 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8716 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8718 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8720 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8722 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8723 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8724 When called interactively, displays the version.
8726 \(fn)" t nil)
8728 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8729 Display Ediff's manual.
8730 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8732 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8734 ;;;***
8736 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8737 ;;;;;; (17408 8259))
8738 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8740 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8741 Not documented
8743 \(fn)" t nil)
8745 ;;;***
8747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17408 8259))
8748 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8750 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8751 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8753 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8755 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8757 ;;;***
8759 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8760 ;;;;;; (17735 59803))
8761 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8763 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8764 Display Ediff's registry.
8766 \(fn)" t nil)
8768 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8770 ;;;***
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8773 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17723 17909))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8776 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8777 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8778 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8779 which see.
8781 \(fn)" t nil)
8783 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8784 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8785 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8786 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8788 \(fn)" t nil)
8790 ;;;***
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8793 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8794 ;;;;;; (17806 44338))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8797 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8798 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8799 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8801 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8802 Edit a keyboard macro.
8803 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8804 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8805 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8806 its command name.
8807 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8809 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8811 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8812 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8814 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8816 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8817 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8819 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8821 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8822 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8823 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8824 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8825 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8826 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8828 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8829 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8830 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8831 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8833 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8835 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8836 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8837 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8838 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8839 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8840 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8842 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8844 ;;;***
8846 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8847 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17806 44346))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8850 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8851 Set scroll margins.
8852 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8853 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8855 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8857 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8858 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8860 \(fn)" t nil)
8862 ;;;***
8864 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8865 ;;;;;; (17806 44338))
8866 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8868 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8869 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8870 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8871 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8872 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8873 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8874 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8875 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8877 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8878 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8880 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8881 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8882 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8883 this value is non-nil.
8885 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8886 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8887 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8889 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8890 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8891 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8893 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8895 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8896 Not documented
8898 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8900 ;;;***
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8903 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17806 44346))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8906 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8907 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8909 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8911 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8912 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8913 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8914 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8915 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8916 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8917 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8919 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8923 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8924 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8926 \(fn)" t nil)
8928 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8929 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8930 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8931 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8932 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8933 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8934 arg list.
8936 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8937 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8939 ;;;***
8941 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17806
8942 ;;;;;; 44339))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8945 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8946 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8948 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8949 an elided material again.
8951 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8955 ;;;***
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8958 ;;;;;; (17806 44346))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8961 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8962 Initialize elint.
8964 \(fn)" t nil)
8966 ;;;***
8968 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8969 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17398
8970 ;;;;;; 63773))
8971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8973 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8974 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8975 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8977 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8979 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8980 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8981 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8983 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8985 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8986 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8987 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8989 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8991 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8993 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8994 Display current profiling results.
8995 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8996 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8997 displayed.
8999 \(fn)" t nil)
9001 ;;;***
9003 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9004 ;;;;;; (17753 42784))
9005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9007 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9008 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9009 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9011 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9013 ;;;***
9015 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9016 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9017 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9018 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9019 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17197 14700))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9022 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9023 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9024 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9025 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9026 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9027 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9028 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9029 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9030 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9031 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9032 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9033 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9034 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9035 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9036 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9037 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9039 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9040 Run Emerge on two files.
9042 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9044 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9045 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9047 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9049 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9050 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9052 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9054 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9055 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9057 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9059 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9060 Not documented
9062 \(fn)" nil nil)
9064 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9065 Not documented
9067 \(fn)" nil nil)
9069 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9070 Not documented
9072 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9074 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9075 Not documented
9077 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9079 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9080 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9082 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9084 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9085 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9087 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9089 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9090 Not documented
9092 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9094 ;;;***
9096 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9097 ;;;;;; (17806 44349))
9098 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9100 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9101 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9102 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9104 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9105 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9107 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9109 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9110 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9111 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9113 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9114 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9115 automatically.
9117 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9118 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9119 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9123 ;;;***
9125 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9126 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17806 44354))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9129 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9130 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9131 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9132 text/enriched format.
9133 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9135 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9136 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9138 Commands:
9140 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9144 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9145 Not documented
9147 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9149 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9150 Not documented
9152 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9154 ;;;***
9156 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9157 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17822 38984))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9160 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9161 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9163 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9166 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9167 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9168 (server (erc-compute-server))
9169 (port (erc-compute-port))
9170 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9171 password
9172 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9174 That is, if called with
9176 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9178 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9179 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9180 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9182 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9184 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9185 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9186 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9187 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9189 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9191 ;;;***
9193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17806
9194 ;;;;;; 44347))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9196 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9198 ;;;***
9200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17501 10770))
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9202 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9204 ;;;***
9206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17806 44347))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9208 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9210 ;;;***
9212 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9213 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17806 44347))
9214 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9216 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9217 Parser for /dcc command.
9218 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9219 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9220 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9222 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9224 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9225 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9227 \(fn)" nil nil)
9229 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9230 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9232 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9233 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9234 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9235 that subcommand.
9237 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9239 ;;;***
9241 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9242 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9243 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9244 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9245 ;;;;;; (17806 44347))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9248 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9249 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9251 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9253 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9254 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9255 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9256 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9258 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9260 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9261 Not documented
9263 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9265 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9266 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9268 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9270 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9271 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9273 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9275 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9276 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9278 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9280 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9281 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9283 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9285 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9286 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9288 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9290 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9291 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9293 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9295 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9296 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9298 \(fn)" nil nil)
9300 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9301 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9303 \(fn)" nil nil)
9305 ;;;***
9307 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17806
9308 ;;;;;; 44347))
9309 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9310 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9312 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9313 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9314 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9316 \(fn)" nil nil)
9318 ;;;***
9320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17391
9321 ;;;;;; 39324))
9322 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9323 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9325 ;;;***
9327 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9328 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17620 26951))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9330 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9332 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9333 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9334 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9335 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9336 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9337 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9338 system.
9340 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9342 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9343 Not documented
9345 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9347 ;;;***
9349 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9350 ;;;;;; (17620 26951))
9351 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9353 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9354 Not documented
9356 \(fn)" nil nil)
9358 ;;;***
9360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17501 10770))
9361 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9362 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9364 ;;;***
9366 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9367 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17806 44347))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9369 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9371 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9372 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9373 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9374 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9375 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9376 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9378 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9380 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9381 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9382 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9383 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9385 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9386 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9387 automatically.
9389 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9390 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9392 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9394 ;;;***
9396 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9397 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9398 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9399 ;;;;;; (17632 59497))
9400 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9401 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9403 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9404 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9406 \(fn)" t nil)
9408 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9409 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9411 \(fn)" t nil)
9413 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9414 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9416 \(fn)" t nil)
9418 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9419 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9421 \(fn)" t nil)
9423 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9424 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9426 \(fn)" t nil)
9428 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9429 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9431 \(fn)" t nil)
9433 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9434 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9436 \(fn)" t nil)
9438 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9439 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9441 \(fn)" t nil)
9443 ;;;***
9445 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9446 ;;;;;; (17501 10770))
9447 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9448 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9450 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9451 Show who's gone.
9453 \(fn)" nil nil)
9455 ;;;***
9457 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9458 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17822 38984))
9459 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9461 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9462 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9463 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9464 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9466 \(fn)" nil nil)
9468 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9469 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9471 \(fn)" t nil)
9473 ;;;***
9475 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9476 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17398 63774))
9477 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9478 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9480 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9481 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9482 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9483 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9485 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9487 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9488 Not documented
9490 \(fn)" nil nil)
9492 ;;;***
9494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17398 63774))
9495 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9496 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9498 ;;;***
9500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17620
9501 ;;;;;; 26951))
9502 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9503 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9505 ;;;***
9507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17806 44347))
9508 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9509 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9511 ;;;***
9513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17398 63774))
9514 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9515 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9517 ;;;***
9519 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9520 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17822 38984))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9522 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9524 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9525 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9527 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9529 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9530 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9531 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9533 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9535 ;;;***
9537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17806 44347))
9538 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9539 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9541 ;;;***
9543 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9544 ;;;;;; (17398 63774))
9545 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9547 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9548 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9549 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9551 \(fn)" t nil)
9553 ;;;***
9555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17620
9556 ;;;;;; 26951))
9557 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9558 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9560 ;;;***
9562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17806 44347))
9563 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9564 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9566 ;;;***
9568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17806 44347))
9569 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9570 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9571 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9573 ;;;***
9575 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9576 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17753 42783))
9577 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9578 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9580 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9581 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9582 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9583 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9585 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9587 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9588 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9589 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9591 \(fn)" t nil)
9593 ;;;***
9595 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9596 ;;;;;; (17398 63774))
9597 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9599 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9600 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9602 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9604 ;;;***
9606 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17398
9607 ;;;;;; 63774))
9608 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9610 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9611 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9613 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9615 \(fn)" nil nil)
9617 ;;;***
9619 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17806
9620 ;;;;;; 44347))
9621 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9623 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9624 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9628 ;;;***
9630 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9631 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17806 44347))
9632 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9634 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9635 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9636 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9637 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9638 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9639 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9640 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9641 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9642 buffer selected (or created).
9644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9646 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9647 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9648 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9650 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9652 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9653 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9654 The result might be any Lisp object.
9655 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9656 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9657 corresponding to a successful execution.
9659 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9661 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9662 Report a bug in Eshell.
9663 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9664 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9666 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9668 ;;;***
9670 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9671 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9672 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9673 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9674 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9675 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9676 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9677 ;;;;;; (17408 8261))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9680 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9681 *File name of tags table.
9682 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9683 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9684 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9685 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9687 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9688 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9689 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9690 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9692 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9694 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9695 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9696 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9697 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9698 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9699 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9701 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9703 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9704 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9705 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9706 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9707 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9708 `auto-compression-mode').")
9710 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9712 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9713 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9714 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9715 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9716 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9718 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9720 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9721 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9722 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9723 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9725 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9727 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9728 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9729 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9730 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9731 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9733 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9735 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9736 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9738 \(fn)" t nil)
9740 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9741 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9742 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9743 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9745 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9746 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9747 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9748 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9749 file the tag was in.
9751 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9753 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9754 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9755 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9756 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9757 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9758 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9759 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9760 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9761 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9763 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9765 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9766 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9767 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9768 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9769 without directory names.
9771 \(fn)" nil nil)
9773 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9774 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9775 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9776 but does not select the buffer.
9777 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9779 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9780 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9781 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9782 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9783 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9785 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9787 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9788 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9789 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9791 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9793 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9795 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9796 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9797 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9798 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9800 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9801 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9802 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9803 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9804 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9806 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9808 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9809 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9810 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9812 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9814 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9815 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9817 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9818 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9819 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9820 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9821 around or before point.
9823 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9824 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9825 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9826 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9827 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9829 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9831 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9832 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9833 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9835 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9837 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9838 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9840 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9841 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9842 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9843 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9844 around or before point.
9846 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9847 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9848 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9849 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9850 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9852 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9854 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9855 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9856 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9858 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9860 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9861 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9863 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9864 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9865 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9867 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9868 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9869 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9870 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9871 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9873 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9875 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9876 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9877 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9879 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9881 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9882 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9883 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9885 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9886 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9888 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9889 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9890 where they were found.
9892 \(fn)" t nil)
9894 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9895 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9897 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9898 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9899 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9901 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9902 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9904 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9905 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9907 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9909 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9910 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9911 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9912 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9914 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9915 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9916 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9917 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9918 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9920 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9921 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9923 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9924 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9925 Stops when a match is found.
9926 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9928 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9930 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9932 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9933 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9934 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9935 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9936 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9938 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9940 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9942 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9943 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9944 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9945 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9946 directory specification.
9948 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9950 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9951 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9953 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9955 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9956 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9957 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9958 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9960 \(fn)" t nil)
9962 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9963 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9964 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9965 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9966 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9968 \(fn)" t nil)
9970 ;;;***
9972 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9973 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9974 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9975 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9976 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9977 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9978 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9979 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17806 44350))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9982 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9983 Not documented
9985 \(fn)" nil nil)
9987 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9988 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9989 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9990 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9992 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9993 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9994 language.
9996 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9997 even if the buffer is read-only.
9999 See also the descriptions of the variables
10000 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10001 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10003 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10005 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10006 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10008 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10009 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10011 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10012 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10013 language.
10015 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10016 buffer is read-only.
10018 See also the descriptions of the variables
10019 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10020 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10022 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10024 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10025 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10026 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10030 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10031 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10033 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10034 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10036 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10037 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10041 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10042 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10043 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10044 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10046 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10048 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10049 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10050 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10051 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10053 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10054 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10055 the primary language.
10057 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10058 buffer is read-only.
10060 See also the descriptions of the variables
10061 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10062 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10064 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10066 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10067 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10068 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10069 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10071 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10072 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10073 primary language.
10075 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10076 buffer is read-only.
10078 See also the descriptions of the variables
10079 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10080 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10082 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10084 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10085 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10086 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10090 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10091 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10093 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10094 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10095 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10096 3) convert the body into SERA.
10098 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10100 \(fn)" t nil)
10102 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10103 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10104 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10106 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10108 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10109 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10111 \(fn)" t nil)
10113 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10114 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10116 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10117 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10118 be 1, 2, or 3.
10120 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10121 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10122 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10124 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10126 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10128 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10129 Allow the user to input special characters.
10131 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10133 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10134 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10135 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10137 \(fn)" t nil)
10139 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10140 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10142 \(fn)" t nil)
10144 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10145 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10147 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10148 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10150 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10151 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10153 \(fn)" nil nil)
10155 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10156 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10158 \(fn)" nil nil)
10160 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10161 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10163 \(fn)" nil nil)
10165 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10166 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10168 \(fn)" nil nil)
10170 ;;;***
10172 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10173 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10174 ;;;;;; (17806 44352))
10175 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10177 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10178 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10179 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10180 server for future sessions.
10182 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10184 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10185 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10186 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10188 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10190 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10191 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10192 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10194 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10196 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10197 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10198 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10199 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10200 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10201 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10202 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10203 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10204 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10205 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10206 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10207 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10209 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10211 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10212 Display a form to query the directory server.
10213 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10214 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10216 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10218 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10219 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10220 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10222 \(fn)" t nil)
10224 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10226 ;;;***
10228 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10229 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10230 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17806 44352))
10231 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10233 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10234 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10236 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10238 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10239 Display URL and make it clickable.
10241 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10243 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10244 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10246 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10248 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10249 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10251 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10253 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10254 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10256 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10258 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10259 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10261 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10263 ;;;***
10265 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10266 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17806 44352))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10269 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10270 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10271 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10273 \(fn)" t nil)
10275 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10276 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10278 \(fn)" t nil)
10280 ;;;***
10282 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10283 ;;;;;; (17806 44352))
10284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10286 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10287 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10289 \(fn)" t nil)
10291 ;;;***
10293 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17806
10294 ;;;;;; 44346))
10295 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10297 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10298 Create an empty ewoc.
10300 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10302 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10303 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10304 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10305 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10306 `insert-before-markers'.
10308 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10309 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10310 respectively, of the ewoc.
10312 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10313 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10314 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10316 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10318 ;;;***
10320 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10321 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10322 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10323 ;;;;;; (17398 63782))
10324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10326 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10327 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10328 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10330 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10332 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10333 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10334 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10335 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10336 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10338 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10340 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10341 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10342 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10343 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10344 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10345 executable.
10347 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10349 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10350 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10351 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10353 \(fn)" t nil)
10355 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10356 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10357 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10358 file modes.
10360 \(fn)" nil nil)
10362 ;;;***
10364 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10365 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17806 44339))
10366 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10368 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10369 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10370 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10371 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10373 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10375 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10376 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10377 to generate such functions.
10379 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10380 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10381 beginning of the expanded text.
10383 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10384 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10385 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10386 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10388 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10390 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10392 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10393 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10394 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10396 \(fn)" t nil)
10398 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10399 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10400 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10402 \(fn)" t nil)
10403 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10404 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10406 ;;;***
10408 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17806 44353))
10409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10411 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10412 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10413 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10415 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10416 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10417 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10419 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10421 Key definitions:
10422 \\{f90-mode-map}
10424 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10426 `f90-do-indent'
10427 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10428 `f90-if-indent'
10429 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10430 `f90-type-indent'
10431 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10432 `f90-program-indent'
10433 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10434 (default 2).
10435 `f90-continuation-indent'
10436 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10437 `f90-comment-region'
10438 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10439 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10440 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10441 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10442 (default \"!\").
10443 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10444 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10445 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10446 `f90-break-delimiters'
10447 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10448 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10449 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10450 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10451 (default t).
10452 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10453 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10454 `f90-smart-end'
10455 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10456 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10457 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10458 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10459 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10460 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10461 `f90-leave-line-no'
10462 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10464 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10465 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10467 \(fn)" t nil)
10469 ;;;***
10471 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10472 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10473 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10474 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10475 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17806 44339))
10476 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10477 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10478 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10480 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10481 Menu keymap for faces.")
10483 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10485 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10486 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10488 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10490 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10491 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10493 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10495 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10496 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10498 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10500 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10501 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10503 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10505 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10506 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10508 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10510 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10511 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10513 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10515 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10517 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10519 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10521 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10522 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10524 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10525 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10526 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10527 to the faces to use for the next character
10528 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10529 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10531 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10532 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10533 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10534 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10535 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10536 preceding faces (including FACE).
10538 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10539 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10541 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10543 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10544 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10545 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10547 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10548 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10549 requested face.
10551 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10552 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10553 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10555 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10557 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10558 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10559 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10561 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10562 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10563 requested face.
10565 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10566 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10567 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10569 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10571 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10572 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10573 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10574 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10575 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10576 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10577 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10579 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10580 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10581 requested face.
10583 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10584 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10585 to insert cancels the specification.
10587 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10589 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10590 Make the region invisible.
10591 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10592 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10594 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10596 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10597 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10598 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10599 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10601 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10603 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10604 Make the region unmodifiable.
10605 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10606 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10608 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10610 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10611 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10613 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10615 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10616 Remove all text properties from the region.
10618 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10620 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10621 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10622 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10624 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10626 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10627 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10629 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10631 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10632 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10633 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10634 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10635 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10636 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10638 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10640 ;;;***
10642 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10643 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10644 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17753 42784))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10647 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10648 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10649 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10650 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10652 \(fn)" nil nil)
10654 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10655 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10659 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10660 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10661 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10662 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10666 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10667 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10668 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10669 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10670 backup file names and the like).
10672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10674 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10675 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10676 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10677 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10678 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10679 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10680 internally by feedmail):
10682 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10683 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10684 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10685 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10687 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10688 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10689 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10690 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10691 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10693 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10695 ;;;***
10697 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10698 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17806 44339))
10699 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10701 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10702 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10703 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10704 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10705 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10706 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10707 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10709 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10711 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10712 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10713 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10714 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10715 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10716 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10717 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10719 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10721 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10723 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10724 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10725 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10726 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10727 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10728 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10730 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10732 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10733 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10734 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10735 Return value:
10736 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10737 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10738 * otherwise, nil
10740 \(fn E)" t nil)
10742 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10743 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10745 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10747 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10748 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10750 \(fn)" t nil)
10752 ;;;***
10754 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10755 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10756 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10757 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17806 44339))
10758 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10760 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10761 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10762 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10763 be added to the cache.
10765 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10767 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10768 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10769 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10770 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10771 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10773 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10775 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10776 Add FILE to the file cache.
10778 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10780 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10781 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10782 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10784 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10786 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10787 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10788 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10790 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10792 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10793 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10794 This function does not use any external programs
10795 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10796 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10797 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10799 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10801 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10802 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10803 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10804 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10805 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10806 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10807 \(directories) is done.
10809 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10810 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10811 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10812 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10814 ;;;***
10816 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17723
10817 ;;;;;; 17909))
10818 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10820 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10821 Filesets initialization.
10822 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10824 \(fn)" nil nil)
10826 ;;;***
10828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17822 38987))
10829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10830 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10832 ;;;***
10834 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10835 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10836 ;;;;;; (17806 44339))
10837 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10839 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10840 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10841 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10842 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10843 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10845 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10847 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10848 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10849 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10850 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10851 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10853 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10855 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10856 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10857 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10858 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10860 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10862 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10863 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10864 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10866 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10868 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10869 as the final argument.
10871 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10873 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10874 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10875 and run dired on those files.
10876 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10877 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10879 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10881 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10883 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10884 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10885 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10887 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10889 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10891 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10893 ;;;***
10895 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10896 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10897 ;;;;;; (17806 44340))
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10900 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10901 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10902 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10903 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10904 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10905 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10906 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10908 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10909 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10910 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10912 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10914 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10916 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10918 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10919 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10920 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10922 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10923 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10925 Variables of interest include:
10927 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10928 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10929 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10931 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10932 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10933 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10935 - `ff-ignore-include'
10936 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10938 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10939 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10941 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10942 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10944 - `ff-special-constructs'
10945 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10946 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10947 extracting the filename from that construct.
10949 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10950 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10952 - `ff-search-directories'
10953 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10954 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10956 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10957 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10959 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10960 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10962 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10963 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10965 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10966 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10968 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10969 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10971 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10973 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10974 Visit the file you click on.
10976 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10978 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10979 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10981 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10983 ;;;***
10985 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10986 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10987 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10988 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10989 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10990 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10991 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17806 44346))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10994 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10995 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10997 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10999 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11000 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11001 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11002 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11004 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11005 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11006 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11007 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11009 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11011 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11012 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11014 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11015 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11016 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11017 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11019 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11020 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11021 in `load-path'.
11023 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11025 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11026 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11028 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11029 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11030 places point before the definition.
11031 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11033 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11034 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11035 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11037 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11039 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11040 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11042 See `find-function' for more details.
11044 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11046 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11047 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11049 See `find-function' for more details.
11051 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11053 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11054 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11056 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11057 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11058 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11060 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11061 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11063 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11065 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11066 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11068 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11069 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11070 places point before the definition.
11072 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11074 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11075 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11076 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11078 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11080 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11081 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11083 See `find-variable' for more details.
11085 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11087 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11088 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11090 See `find-variable' for more details.
11092 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11094 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11095 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11096 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11097 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11098 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11099 buffer nor display it.
11101 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11102 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11104 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11106 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11107 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11109 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11110 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11111 places point before the definition.
11113 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11115 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11116 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11117 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11119 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11121 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11122 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11123 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11125 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11127 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11128 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11130 \(fn)" t nil)
11132 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11133 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11135 \(fn)" t nil)
11137 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11138 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11140 \(fn)" nil nil)
11142 ;;;***
11144 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11145 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17806 44340))
11146 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11148 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11149 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11151 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11153 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11154 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11156 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11158 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11159 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11161 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11163 ;;;***
11165 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11166 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17501 10769))
11167 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11169 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11170 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11172 \(fn)" t nil)
11174 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11175 Display FILE's commentary section.
11176 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11178 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11180 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11181 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11183 \(fn)" t nil)
11185 ;;;***
11187 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11188 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17806 44340))
11189 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11191 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11192 Toggle flow control handling.
11193 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11194 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11196 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11198 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11199 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11200 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11201 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11202 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11203 to get the effect of a C-q.
11205 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11207 ;;;***
11209 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11210 ;;;;;; (17501 10771))
11211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11213 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11214 Not documented
11216 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11218 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11219 Not documented
11221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11223 ;;;***
11225 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11226 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17806 44353))
11227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11229 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11230 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11231 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11232 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11236 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11237 Turn flymake mode on.
11239 \(fn)" nil nil)
11241 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11242 Turn flymake mode off.
11244 \(fn)" nil nil)
11246 ;;;***
11248 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11249 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11250 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17806 44354))
11251 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11253 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11254 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11256 \(fn)" t nil)
11257 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11259 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11260 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11261 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11262 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11263 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11264 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11266 Bindings:
11267 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11268 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11269 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11270 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11272 Hooks:
11273 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11275 Remark:
11276 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11277 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11278 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11280 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11281 consider adding:
11282 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11283 in your .emacs file.
11285 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11286 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11290 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11291 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11293 \(fn)" nil nil)
11295 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11296 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11298 \(fn)" nil nil)
11300 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11301 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11303 \(fn)" nil nil)
11305 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11306 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11308 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11310 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11311 Flyspell whole buffer.
11313 \(fn)" t nil)
11315 ;;;***
11317 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11318 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11319 ;;;;;; (17753 42781))
11320 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11322 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11323 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11325 \(fn)" t nil)
11327 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11328 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11330 \(fn)" t nil)
11332 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11333 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11335 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11336 of two major techniques:
11338 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11339 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11340 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11342 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11343 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11344 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11345 movement commands.
11347 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11348 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11349 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11350 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11351 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11352 mileage may vary).
11354 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11355 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11357 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11359 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11360 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11361 \(This is the default.)
11363 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11364 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11366 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11367 \\{follow-mode-map}
11369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11371 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11372 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11374 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11375 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11376 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11377 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11378 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11379 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11381 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11382 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11383 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11385 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11386 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11387 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11391 ;;;***
11393 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17822
11394 ;;;;;; 38986))
11395 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11397 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11398 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11399 \\<message-mode-map>
11400 key binding
11401 --- -------
11403 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11404 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11405 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11406 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11407 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11408 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11412 ;;;***
11414 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11415 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17806 44340))
11416 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11418 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11419 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11421 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11422 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11423 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11424 C-c < forms-first-record <
11425 C-c > forms-last-record >
11426 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11427 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11428 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11429 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11430 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11431 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11432 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11433 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11434 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11435 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11437 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11439 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11440 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11442 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11444 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11445 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11447 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11449 ;;;***
11451 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11452 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17806 44353))
11453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11455 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11456 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11457 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11458 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11459 with a character in column 6.")
11461 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11463 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11464 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11465 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11467 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11468 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11470 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11472 Key definitions:
11473 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11475 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11477 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11478 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11479 `fortran-do-indent'
11480 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11481 `fortran-if-indent'
11482 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11483 `fortran-structure-indent'
11484 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11485 (default 3)
11486 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11487 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11488 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11489 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11490 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11491 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11492 nil don't change the indentation
11493 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11494 value of either
11495 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11496 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11497 depending on the continuation format in use.
11498 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11499 indentation for a line of code.
11500 (default 'fixed)
11501 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11502 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11503 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11504 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11505 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11506 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11507 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11508 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11509 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11510 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11511 column 5.
11512 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11513 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11514 statements (default nil).
11515 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11516 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11517 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11518 `fortran-continuation-string'
11519 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11520 line (default \"$\").
11521 `fortran-comment-region'
11522 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11523 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11524 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11525 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11526 as typed (default t).
11527 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11528 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11530 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11531 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11533 \(fn)" t nil)
11535 ;;;***
11537 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11538 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17398 63779))
11539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11541 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11542 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11544 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11545 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11547 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11549 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11550 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11552 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11553 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11555 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11557 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11558 Compile fortune file.
11560 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11561 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11563 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11565 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11566 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11568 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11569 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11570 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11571 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11573 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11575 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11576 Display a fortune cookie.
11578 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11579 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11580 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11581 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11583 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11585 ;;;***
11587 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11588 ;;;;;; (17822 38987))
11589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11591 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11592 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11593 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11594 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11596 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11597 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11598 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11599 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11601 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11602 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11603 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11604 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11605 some of the buffers.
11607 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11609 The following commands help control operation :
11611 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11612 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11614 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11615 detailed description of this mode.
11618 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11619 | GDB Toolbar |
11620 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11621 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11622 | | |
11623 | | |
11624 | | |
11625 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11626 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11627 | | (comint-mode) |
11628 | | |
11629 | | |
11630 | | |
11631 | | |
11632 | | |
11633 | | |
11634 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11635 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11636 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11637 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11638 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11639 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11641 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11643 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11644 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11646 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11648 ;;;***
11650 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11651 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17806
11652 ;;;;;; 44346))
11653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11655 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11656 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11657 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11658 instead (which see).")
11660 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11661 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11663 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11664 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11665 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11666 documentation string instead.
11668 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11669 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11670 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11671 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11672 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11673 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11674 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11675 enders are actually possible.
11677 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11678 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11680 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11681 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11682 `font-lock-keywords'.
11684 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11685 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11686 runs the macro expansion.
11688 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11689 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11690 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11692 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11694 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11696 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11697 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11699 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11701 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11702 Enter generic mode MODE.
11704 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11705 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11706 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11708 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11709 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11711 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11713 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11714 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11715 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11716 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11717 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11718 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11719 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11720 `font-lock-keywords'.
11722 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11724 ;;;***
11726 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11727 ;;;;;; (17806 44353))
11728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11730 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11731 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11732 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11733 at places they belong to.
11735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11737 ;;;***
11739 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11740 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17723 17911))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11743 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11744 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11746 Guideline for numbers:
11747 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11748 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11749 inside loops.
11751 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11753 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11754 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11755 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11757 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11759 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11760 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11762 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11764 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11765 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11767 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11768 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11769 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11770 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11771 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11772 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11774 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11775 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11776 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11777 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11778 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11780 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11782 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11784 ;;;***
11786 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11787 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17806 44348))
11788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11789 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11790 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11792 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11793 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11797 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11798 Read network news.
11799 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11800 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11801 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11802 name of an NNTP server to use.
11803 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11804 server.
11806 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11808 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11809 Read news as a slave.
11811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11813 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11814 Pop up a frame to read news.
11815 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11816 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11817 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11818 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11819 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11820 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11821 current display is used.
11823 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11825 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11826 Read network news.
11827 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11828 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11829 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11831 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11833 ;;;***
11835 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11836 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11837 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11838 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11839 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11840 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17806 44348))
11841 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11843 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11844 Start Gnus unplugged.
11846 \(fn)" t nil)
11848 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11849 Start Gnus plugged.
11851 \(fn)" t nil)
11853 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11854 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11858 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11859 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11861 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11862 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11863 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11865 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11866 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11867 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11869 \(fn)" t nil)
11871 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11872 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11874 \(fn)" nil nil)
11876 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11877 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11878 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11879 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11880 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11881 supported.
11883 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11885 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11886 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11887 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11888 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11889 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11890 supported.
11892 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11894 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11895 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11897 \(fn)" nil nil)
11899 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11900 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11901 downloaded into the agent.
11903 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11905 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11906 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11907 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11908 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11910 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11912 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11913 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11915 \(fn)" t nil)
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11918 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11920 \(fn)" t nil)
11922 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11923 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11924 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11926 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11928 ;;;***
11930 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11931 ;;;;;; (17822 38984))
11932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11934 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11935 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11937 \(fn)" nil nil)
11939 ;;;***
11941 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11942 ;;;;;; (17806 44348))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11945 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11946 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11948 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11950 ;;;***
11952 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11953 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11954 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17398
11955 ;;;;;; 63775))
11956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11958 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11959 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11961 Usage:
11962 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11964 \(fn)" t nil)
11966 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11967 Generate the cache active file.
11969 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11971 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11972 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11974 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11976 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11977 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11978 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11979 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11980 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11981 supported.
11983 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11985 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11986 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11987 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11988 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11989 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11990 supported.
11992 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11994 ;;;***
11996 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11997 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17398 63775))
11998 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12000 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12001 Delay this article by some time.
12002 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12004 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12005 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12007 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12008 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12010 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12011 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12013 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12015 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12016 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12018 \(fn)" t nil)
12020 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12021 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12022 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12023 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12025 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12026 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12028 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12030 ;;;***
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12033 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17806 44348))
12034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12036 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12037 Not documented
12039 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12041 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12042 Not documented
12044 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12046 ;;;***
12048 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12049 ;;;;;; (17398 63775))
12050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12052 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12053 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12055 \(fn)" nil nil)
12057 ;;;***
12059 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12060 ;;;;;; (17723 17911))
12061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12063 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12064 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12066 \(fn)" t nil)
12068 ;;;***
12070 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12071 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12072 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17501
12073 ;;;;;; 10771))
12074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12076 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12077 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12079 \(fn)" t nil)
12081 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12082 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12084 \(fn)" t nil)
12086 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12087 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12089 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12091 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12092 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12094 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12096 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12097 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12098 The PNG is returned as a string.
12100 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12102 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12103 Convert FILE to a Face.
12104 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12105 726 bytes.
12107 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12109 ;;;***
12111 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12112 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17806 44348))
12113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12115 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12116 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12117 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12119 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12121 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12122 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12124 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12126 ;;;***
12128 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12129 ;;;;;; (17806 44348))
12130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12132 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12134 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12135 Run batched scoring.
12136 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12138 \(fn)" t nil)
12140 ;;;***
12142 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12143 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12144 ;;;;;; (17546 35258))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12147 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12148 Not documented
12150 \(fn)" nil nil)
12152 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12153 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12154 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12156 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12158 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12159 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12161 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12165 ;;;***
12167 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12168 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12169 ;;;;;; (17398 63775))
12170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12172 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12173 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12174 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12175 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12176 group parameters.
12178 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12179 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12180 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12181 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12183 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12184 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12185 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12186 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12187 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12188 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12189 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12190 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12191 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12192 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12194 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12196 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12197 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12198 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12199 nil CATCH-ALL).
12201 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12202 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12204 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12206 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12207 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12208 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12210 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12212 \(fn)" nil nil)
12214 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12215 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12216 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12218 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12220 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12221 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12222 existing groups are considered.
12224 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12225 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12226 returned.
12228 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12229 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12230 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12231 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12232 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12233 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12234 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12235 clauses will be generated.
12237 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12238 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12239 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12240 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12241 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12242 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12244 For example, given the following group parameters:
12246 nnml:mail.bar:
12247 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12248 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12249 nnml:mail.foo:
12250 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12251 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12252 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12253 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12254 nnml:mail.others:
12255 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12257 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12259 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12260 \"mail.bar\")
12261 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12262 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12263 \"mail.others\")
12265 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12267 ;;;***
12269 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12270 ;;;;;; (17806 44348))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12273 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12274 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12275 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12277 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12279 ;;;***
12281 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12282 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17398 63775))
12283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12285 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12286 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12287 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12288 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12290 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12292 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12293 Mail to ADDRESS.
12295 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12297 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12298 Like `message-reply'.
12300 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12302 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12304 ;;;***
12306 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12307 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17806 44348))
12308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12310 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12311 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12313 \(fn)" t nil)
12315 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12316 Load the NoCeM cache.
12318 \(fn)" t nil)
12320 ;;;***
12322 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12323 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12324 ;;;;;; (17398 63775))
12325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12327 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12328 Display picons in the From header.
12329 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12331 \(fn)" t nil)
12333 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12334 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12335 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12337 \(fn)" t nil)
12339 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12340 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12341 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12343 \(fn)" t nil)
12345 ;;;***
12347 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12348 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12349 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12350 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12351 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17398 63775))
12352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12354 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12355 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12356 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12357 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12359 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12361 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12362 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12363 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12364 LIST1 is modified.
12366 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12368 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12369 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12370 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12372 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12374 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12375 Not documented
12377 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12379 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12380 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12381 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12383 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12385 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12386 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12387 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12389 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12391 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12393 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12394 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12395 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12397 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12399 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12400 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12401 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12403 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12405 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12406 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12407 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12409 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12411 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12412 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12414 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12416 ;;;***
12418 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12419 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17723 17911))
12420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12422 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12423 Not documented
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12427 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12428 Install the registry hooks.
12430 \(fn)" t nil)
12432 ;;;***
12434 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12435 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17501
12436 ;;;;;; 10771))
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12439 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12440 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12441 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12442 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12443 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12444 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12446 \(fn)" t nil)
12448 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12449 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12450 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12451 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12452 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12454 \(fn)" t nil)
12456 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12457 Not documented
12459 \(fn)" t nil)
12461 ;;;***
12463 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12464 ;;;;;; (17822 38984))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12467 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12468 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12469 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12470 for matching on group names.
12472 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12473 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12475 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12477 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12479 \(fn)" t nil)
12481 ;;;***
12483 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12484 ;;;;;; (17398 63776))
12485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12487 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12488 Update the format specification near point.
12490 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12492 ;;;***
12494 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12495 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17806
12496 ;;;;;; 44348))
12497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12499 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12500 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12502 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12504 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12505 Not documented
12507 \(fn)" nil nil)
12509 ;;;***
12511 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12512 ;;;;;; (17398 63776))
12513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12515 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12516 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12518 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12520 ;;;***
12522 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17806 44352))
12523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12525 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12526 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12528 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12529 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12530 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12532 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12533 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12534 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12536 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12537 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12539 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12540 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12542 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12544 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12546 ;;;***
12548 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12549 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17583 25973))
12550 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12552 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12554 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12555 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12556 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12557 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12558 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12560 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12562 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12563 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12564 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12565 or to send e-mail.
12566 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12567 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12569 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12570 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12572 \(fn)" t nil)
12573 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12575 ;;;***
12577 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12578 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12579 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17648 1357))
12580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12582 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12583 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12585 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12587 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12588 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12589 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12590 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12591 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12593 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12594 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12596 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12598 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12599 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12600 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12601 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12603 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12605 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12606 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12608 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12610 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12611 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12613 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12614 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12615 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12617 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12618 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12619 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12621 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12622 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12624 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12625 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12627 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12629 (defvar grep-history nil)
12631 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12633 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12634 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12635 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12637 \(fn)" nil nil)
12639 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12640 Not documented
12642 \(fn)" nil nil)
12644 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12645 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12647 \(fn)" nil nil)
12649 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12650 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12651 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12652 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12653 where grep found matches.
12655 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12656 easily repeat a grep command.
12658 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12659 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12660 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12661 if that history list is empty).
12663 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12665 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12666 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12667 Collect output in a buffer.
12668 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12669 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12671 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12672 easily repeat a find command.
12674 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12676 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12678 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12679 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12680 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12681 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12682 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12684 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12685 before it is executed.
12686 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12688 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12689 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12690 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12692 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12694 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12696 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12697 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12698 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12699 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12700 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12702 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12703 before it is executed.
12704 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12706 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12707 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12708 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12710 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12712 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12714 ;;;***
12716 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17398 63767))
12717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12719 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12720 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12721 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12722 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12723 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12725 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12727 ;;;***
12729 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12730 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17806 44353))
12731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12733 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12734 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12735 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12736 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12737 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12738 `gdba' for more information.
12740 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12741 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12742 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12743 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12744 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12745 session.
12747 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12749 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12750 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12751 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12752 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12754 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12756 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12757 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12758 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12759 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12761 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12763 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12764 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12765 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12766 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12768 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12769 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12771 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12773 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12774 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12775 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12776 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12778 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12780 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12781 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12782 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12783 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12785 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12787 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12788 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12789 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12790 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12791 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12793 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12794 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12795 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12796 original source file access method.
12798 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12799 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12801 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12803 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12804 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12805 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12806 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12808 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12809 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12811 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12813 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12814 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12816 \(fn)" t nil)
12818 ;;;***
12820 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17806
12821 ;;;;;; 44352))
12822 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12824 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12825 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12826 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12827 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12829 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12830 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12831 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12832 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12834 \(fn)" t nil)
12836 ;;;***
12838 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12839 ;;;;;; (17753 42784))
12840 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12842 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12843 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12845 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12847 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12848 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12849 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12850 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12852 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12854 \(fn)" t nil)
12856 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12857 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12858 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12859 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12860 to be updated.
12862 \(fn)" t nil)
12864 ;;;***
12866 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12867 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12868 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12869 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17723 17909))
12870 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12872 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12873 Return the help-echo string at point.
12874 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12875 property, or nil, is returned.
12876 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12877 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12878 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12880 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12882 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12883 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12884 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12885 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12886 this produces no string either, return nil.
12888 \(fn)" nil nil)
12890 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12891 Display local help in the echo area.
12892 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12893 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12894 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12895 printed instead.
12897 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12898 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12899 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12903 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12904 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12905 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12907 \(fn)" t nil)
12909 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12910 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12911 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12913 \(fn)" t nil)
12915 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12916 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12917 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12918 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12919 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12920 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12921 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12922 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12923 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12924 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12925 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12927 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12928 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12929 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12930 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12931 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12933 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12934 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12935 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12936 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12937 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12938 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12939 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12940 The default is `never'.")
12942 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12944 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12945 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12946 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12947 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12948 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12949 considered different regions.
12951 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12952 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12953 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12954 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12955 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12956 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12957 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12958 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12959 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12961 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12963 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12964 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12965 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12966 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12967 different regions.
12969 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12970 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12971 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12972 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12973 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12974 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12975 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12976 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12978 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12979 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12980 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12981 rarely happens in practice.
12983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12985 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12986 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12987 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12988 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12989 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12990 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12994 ;;;***
12996 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12997 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12998 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12999 ;;;;;; (17806 44340))
13000 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13002 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13003 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13005 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13007 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13008 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13009 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13011 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13013 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13014 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13016 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13018 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13019 Not documented
13021 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13023 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13024 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13025 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13026 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13028 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13030 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13031 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13032 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13033 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13034 it is displayed along with the global value.
13036 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13038 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13039 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13040 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13041 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13045 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13046 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13047 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13048 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13049 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13051 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13053 ;;;***
13055 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13056 ;;;;;; (17806 44340))
13057 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13059 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13060 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13061 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13062 and window listing and describing the options.
13063 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13064 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13066 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13068 ;;;***
13070 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13071 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13072 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17620 26950))
13073 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13075 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13076 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13077 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13078 Commands:
13079 \\{help-mode-map}
13081 \(fn)" t nil)
13083 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13084 Not documented
13086 \(fn)" nil nil)
13088 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13089 Not documented
13091 \(fn)" nil nil)
13093 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13094 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13096 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13097 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13098 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13099 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13101 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13102 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13103 restore it properly when going back.
13105 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13107 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13108 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13110 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13111 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13112 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13113 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13114 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13115 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13116 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13117 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13119 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13120 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13121 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13122 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13124 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13125 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13126 that.
13128 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13130 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13131 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13132 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13133 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13134 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13135 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13137 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13139 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13140 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13141 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13142 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13143 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13145 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13147 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13148 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13150 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13152 ;;;***
13154 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13155 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17806 44346))
13156 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13158 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13159 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13161 \(fn)" t nil)
13163 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13164 Provide help for current mode.
13166 \(fn)" t nil)
13168 ;;;***
13170 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13171 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17806 44341))
13172 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13174 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13175 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13176 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13177 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13178 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13180 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13181 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13183 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13184 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13185 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13186 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13188 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13189 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13190 periods.
13192 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13193 in hexl format.
13195 A sample format:
13197 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13198 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13199 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13200 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13201 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13202 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13203 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13204 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13205 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13206 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13207 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13208 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13209 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13210 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13211 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13213 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13214 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13215 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13217 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13218 also supported.
13220 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13222 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13223 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13224 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13226 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13227 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13228 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13230 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13231 into the buffer at the current point.
13233 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13234 into the buffer at the current point.
13236 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13237 into the buffer at the current point.
13239 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13241 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13242 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13244 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13246 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13250 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13251 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13252 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13253 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13255 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13257 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13258 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13259 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13261 \(fn)" t nil)
13263 ;;;***
13265 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13266 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13267 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13268 ;;;;;; (17398 63767))
13269 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13271 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13272 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13274 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13275 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13276 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13277 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13278 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13279 called interactively, are:
13281 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13282 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13284 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13285 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13286 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13287 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13289 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13290 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13292 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13293 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13295 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13296 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13297 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13298 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13299 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13300 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13302 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13303 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13305 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13306 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13307 Hi-lock: FOO
13308 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13309 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13310 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13311 Patterns will be read until
13312 Hi-lock: end
13313 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13317 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13318 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13319 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13322 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13324 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13326 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13327 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13328 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13329 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13330 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13334 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13336 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13337 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13339 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13340 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13341 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13342 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13344 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13346 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13348 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13349 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13351 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13352 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13353 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13354 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13356 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13358 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13360 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13361 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13363 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13364 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13366 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13368 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13370 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13371 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13373 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13374 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13375 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13376 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13377 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13379 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13381 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13382 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13384 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13385 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13386 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13388 \(fn)" t nil)
13390 ;;;***
13392 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13393 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17520 12668))
13394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13396 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13397 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13398 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13399 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13400 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13401 how the hiding is done:
13403 `hide-ifdef-env'
13404 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13405 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13406 is used.
13408 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13409 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13410 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13411 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13412 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13414 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13415 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13416 #endif lines when hiding.
13418 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13419 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13420 is activated.
13422 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13423 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13424 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13426 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13430 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13431 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13433 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13435 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13436 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13438 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13440 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13441 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13443 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13445 ;;;***
13447 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13448 ;;;;;; (17806 44353))
13449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13451 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13452 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13453 Each element has the form
13454 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13456 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13457 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13459 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13460 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13462 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13463 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13464 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13465 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13466 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13467 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13469 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13470 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13472 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13473 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13475 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13476 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13477 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13479 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13480 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13481 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13482 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13483 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13484 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13486 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13487 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13488 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13490 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13491 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13493 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13495 Key bindings:
13496 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13500 ;;;***
13502 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13503 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13504 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13505 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13506 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17806 44341))
13507 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13509 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13510 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13511 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13513 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13515 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13516 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13518 Without an argument:
13519 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13520 or passive state as determined by the variable
13521 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13522 and passive state.
13524 With an argument ARG:
13525 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13526 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13527 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13529 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13530 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13531 not displayed in a different face.
13533 Functions:
13534 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13535 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13536 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13537 buffer with the contents of a file
13538 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13539 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13540 various faces
13542 Hook variables:
13543 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13544 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13545 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13549 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13550 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13552 \(fn)" t nil)
13554 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13555 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13557 \(fn)" t nil)
13559 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13560 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13562 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13563 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13564 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13565 shown in the last face in the list.
13567 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13568 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13569 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13571 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13573 \(fn)" t nil)
13575 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13576 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13578 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13580 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13581 to save the file.
13583 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13584 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13586 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13587 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13588 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13590 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13592 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13593 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13595 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13596 this function is called interactively.
13598 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13599 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13600 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13602 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13603 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13604 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13606 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13608 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13609 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13611 When called interactively:
13612 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13613 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13614 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13615 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13617 When called from a program:
13618 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13619 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13620 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13621 - otherwise just turn it on
13623 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13624 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13625 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13626 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13630 ;;;***
13632 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13633 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13634 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13635 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13636 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17806 44341))
13637 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13639 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13640 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13641 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13642 or insert functions in this list.")
13644 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13646 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13647 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13649 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13651 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13652 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13654 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13656 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13657 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13659 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13661 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13662 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13664 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13666 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13667 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13668 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13670 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13672 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13673 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13674 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13675 \(as atoms)")
13677 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13679 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13680 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13681 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13682 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13683 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13685 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13687 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13688 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13689 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13690 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13691 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13692 expansions.
13693 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13694 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13695 undoes the expansion.
13697 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13699 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13700 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13701 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13702 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13704 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13706 ;;;***
13708 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13709 ;;;;;; (17657 13075))
13710 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13712 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13713 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13714 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13716 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13717 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13718 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13719 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13720 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13722 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13723 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13724 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13725 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13729 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13730 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13731 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13732 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13733 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13734 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13736 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13738 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13739 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13740 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13742 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13743 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13747 ;;;***
13749 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13750 ;;;;;; (17501 10770))
13751 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13753 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13754 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13755 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13757 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13761 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13762 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13764 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13765 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13766 different list. For example,
13768 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13769 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13771 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13772 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13774 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13775 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13776 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13777 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13778 of a holiday list.
13780 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13782 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13784 ;;;***
13786 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17740
13787 ;;;;;; 22929))
13788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13790 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13791 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13793 \(fn)" t nil)
13795 ;;;***
13797 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13798 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13799 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13800 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13801 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13802 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13803 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13804 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13805 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13806 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13807 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13808 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13809 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13810 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13811 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13812 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13813 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13814 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13815 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13816 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13817 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13818 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13819 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17723 17909))
13820 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13822 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13823 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13824 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13828 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13829 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13831 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13833 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13834 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13836 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13838 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13839 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13841 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13843 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13844 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13846 \(fn)" t nil)
13848 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13849 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13851 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13853 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13854 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13856 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13857 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13858 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13859 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13860 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13861 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13862 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13863 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13864 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13865 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13866 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13867 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13869 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13870 Not documented
13872 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13874 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13875 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13877 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13879 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13880 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13882 \(fn)" t nil)
13884 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13885 Remove the first filter group.
13887 \(fn)" t nil)
13889 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13890 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13892 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13894 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13895 Remove all filter groups.
13897 \(fn)" t nil)
13899 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13900 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13902 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13904 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13905 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13906 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13908 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13910 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13911 Kill the filter group at point.
13912 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13914 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13916 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13917 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13919 \(fn)" t nil)
13921 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13922 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13924 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13926 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13927 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13928 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13929 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13931 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13933 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13934 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13935 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13937 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13941 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13942 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13943 of replacing the current filters.
13945 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13947 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13948 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13950 \(fn)" t nil)
13952 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13953 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13955 \(fn)" t nil)
13957 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13958 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13960 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13961 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13962 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13964 \(fn)" t nil)
13966 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13967 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13969 \(fn)" t nil)
13971 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13972 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13974 \(fn)" t nil)
13976 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13977 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13978 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13979 filter into parts.
13981 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13983 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13984 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13985 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13987 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13992 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13994 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13995 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13997 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13999 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14000 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14001 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14002 of replacing the current filters.
14004 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14007 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14008 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14009 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14010 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14011 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14012 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14014 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14015 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14016 Default sorting modes are:
14017 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14018 Name - the name of the buffer
14019 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14020 Size - the size of the buffer
14022 \(fn)" t nil)
14024 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14025 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14027 \(fn)" t nil)
14028 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14029 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14030 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14031 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14033 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14034 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14036 \(fn)" t nil)
14038 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14040 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14041 for this Ibuffer session.
14043 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14045 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14046 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14047 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14048 for this Ibuffer session.
14050 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14052 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14055 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14056 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14058 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14059 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14061 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14063 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14064 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14066 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14067 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14069 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14071 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14072 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14074 \(fn)" t nil)
14076 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14077 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14079 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14080 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14081 hidden group filter, open it.
14083 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14084 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14085 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14087 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14089 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14090 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14091 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14093 \(fn)" t nil)
14095 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14096 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14098 The names are separated by a space.
14099 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14101 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14102 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14103 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14104 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14106 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14110 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14111 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14113 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14115 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14116 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14118 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14120 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14121 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14123 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14125 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14126 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14128 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14130 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14131 Mark all modified buffers.
14133 \(fn)" t nil)
14135 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14136 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14138 \(fn)" t nil)
14140 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14141 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14143 \(fn)" t nil)
14145 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14146 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14148 \(fn)" t nil)
14150 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14153 \(fn)" t nil)
14155 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14156 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14158 \(fn)" t nil)
14160 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14161 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14163 \(fn)" t nil)
14165 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 Mark all read-only buffers.
14168 \(fn)" t nil)
14170 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14171 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14173 \(fn)" t nil)
14175 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14177 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14178 defaults to one.
14180 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14182 ;;;***
14184 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14185 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17501
14186 ;;;;;; 10769))
14187 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14189 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14190 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14192 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14193 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14194 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14196 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14197 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14198 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14199 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14200 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14201 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14203 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14204 title of the column.
14206 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14207 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14208 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14209 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14210 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14212 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14214 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14215 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14216 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14217 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14218 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14220 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14221 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14222 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14224 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14226 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14227 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14228 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14229 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14230 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14231 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14233 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14234 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14235 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14236 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14237 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14238 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14239 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14240 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14241 values are:
14242 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14243 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14244 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14245 buffer's modification flag.
14246 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14247 prompted before performing this operation.
14248 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14249 operation is complete, in the form:
14250 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14251 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14252 confirmation message, in the form:
14253 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14254 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14255 macro for exactly what it does.
14257 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14259 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14260 Define a filter named NAME.
14261 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14262 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14263 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14265 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14266 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14267 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14268 bound to the current value of the filter.
14270 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14272 ;;;***
14274 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14275 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17657 13075))
14276 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14278 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14279 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14280 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14281 buffers which are visiting a file.
14283 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14285 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14286 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14287 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14288 buffers which are visiting a file.
14290 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14292 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14293 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14294 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14296 All arguments are optional.
14297 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14298 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14299 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14300 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14301 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14302 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14303 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14304 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14305 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14306 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14307 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14308 that value locally in this buffer.
14310 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14312 ;;;***
14314 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14315 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14316 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17806 44345))
14317 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14319 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14320 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14321 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14322 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14324 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14326 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14327 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14328 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14329 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14330 ICAL-FILENAME.
14331 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14332 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14333 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14335 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14337 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14338 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14339 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14340 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14341 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14342 non-marking or not.
14344 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14346 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14347 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14349 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14350 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14351 DIARY-FILE.
14353 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14354 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14355 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14357 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14358 non-marking.
14360 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14361 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14362 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14364 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14366 ;;;***
14368 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17806
14369 ;;;;;; 44341))
14370 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14372 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14373 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14374 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14375 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14376 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14377 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14379 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14381 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14382 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14383 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14387 ;;;***
14389 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17398 63782))
14390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14392 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14393 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14394 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14395 Tab indents for Icon code.
14396 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14397 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14398 \\{icon-mode-map}
14399 Variables controlling indentation style:
14400 icon-tab-always-indent
14401 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14402 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14403 icon-auto-newline
14404 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14405 inserted in Icon code.
14406 icon-indent-level
14407 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14408 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14409 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14410 icon-continued-statement-offset
14411 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14412 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14413 icon-continued-brace-offset
14414 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14415 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14416 icon-brace-offset
14417 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14418 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14419 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14420 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14422 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14423 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14425 \(fn)" t nil)
14427 ;;;***
14429 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14430 ;;;;;; (17806 44353))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14433 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14434 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14435 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14436 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14438 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14439 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14440 separate frames.
14442 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14443 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14445 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14446 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14447 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14449 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14451 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14453 ;;;***
14455 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14456 ;;;;;; (17806 44353))
14457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14459 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14460 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14462 The main features of this mode are
14464 1. Indentation and Formatting
14465 --------------------------
14466 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14467 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14469 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14470 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14471 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14472 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14474 Comments are indented as follows:
14476 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14477 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14478 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14480 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14482 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14483 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14484 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14485 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14486 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14487 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14489 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14490 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14491 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14492 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14494 2. Routine Info
14495 ------------
14496 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14497 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14498 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14499 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14500 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14501 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14502 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14503 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14504 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14505 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14507 3. Online IDL Help
14508 ---------------
14510 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14511 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14512 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14513 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14515 4. Completion
14516 ----------
14517 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14518 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14519 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14520 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14521 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14522 upper case.
14524 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14525 --------------------------------
14526 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14527 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14529 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14530 \\fu FUNCTION template
14531 \\c CASE statement template
14532 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14533 \\f FOR loop template
14534 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14535 \\w WHILE loop template
14536 \\i IF statement template
14537 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14538 \\b BEGIN
14540 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14541 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14543 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14544 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14545 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14546 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14548 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14549 -------------------------
14550 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14551 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14553 7. Automatic END completion
14554 ------------------------
14555 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14556 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14558 8. Hooks
14559 -----
14560 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14561 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14563 9. Documentation and Customization
14564 -------------------------------
14565 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14566 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14567 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14568 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14569 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14571 10.Keybindings
14572 -----------
14573 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14574 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14575 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14577 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14579 \(fn)" t nil)
14580 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14582 ;;;***
14584 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14585 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14586 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14587 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14588 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14589 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14590 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14591 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17822
14592 ;;;;;; 38984))
14593 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14595 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14596 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14597 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14598 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14599 displaying...)
14600 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14601 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14602 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14605 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14607 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14609 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14610 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14611 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14612 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14613 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14614 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14615 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14616 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14617 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14621 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14622 Switch to another buffer.
14623 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14624 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14625 in another frame.
14627 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14628 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14629 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14630 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14631 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14633 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14634 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14636 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14637 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14639 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14640 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14641 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14642 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14643 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14644 in a separate window.
14645 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14646 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14647 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14648 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14649 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14650 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14651 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14652 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14653 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14655 \(fn)" t nil)
14657 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14658 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14659 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14660 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14662 \(fn)" t nil)
14664 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14665 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14666 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14667 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14669 \(fn)" t nil)
14671 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14672 Kill a buffer.
14673 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14674 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14676 \(fn)" t nil)
14678 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14679 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14680 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14681 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14683 \(fn)" t nil)
14685 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14686 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14687 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14688 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14690 \(fn)" t nil)
14692 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14693 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14695 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14697 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14698 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14699 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14700 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14701 visible in another frame.
14703 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14704 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14705 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14706 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14707 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14708 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14710 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14711 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14713 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14714 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14716 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14717 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14718 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14719 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14720 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14721 in a separate window.
14722 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14723 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14724 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14725 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14726 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14727 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14728 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14729 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14730 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14731 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14732 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14733 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14734 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14735 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14736 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14738 \(fn)" t nil)
14740 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14741 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14742 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14743 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14745 \(fn)" t nil)
14747 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14748 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14749 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14750 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14752 \(fn)" t nil)
14754 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14755 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14756 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14757 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14759 \(fn)" t nil)
14761 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14762 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14763 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14764 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14766 \(fn)" t nil)
14768 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14769 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14770 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14771 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14773 \(fn)" t nil)
14775 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14776 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14777 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14778 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14780 \(fn)" t nil)
14782 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14783 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14784 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14785 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14787 \(fn)" t nil)
14789 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14790 Write current buffer to a file.
14791 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14792 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14794 \(fn)" t nil)
14796 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14797 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14798 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14801 \(fn)" t nil)
14803 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14804 Call `dired' the ido way.
14805 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14806 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14808 \(fn)" t nil)
14810 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14811 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14812 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14813 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14814 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14815 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14817 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14819 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14820 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14821 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14822 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14824 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14826 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14827 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14828 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14829 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14831 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14833 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14834 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14835 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14836 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14837 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14838 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14839 with `completing-read'.
14840 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14841 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14842 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14843 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14844 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14845 with point positioned at the end.
14846 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14847 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14849 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14851 ;;;***
14853 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17806 44341))
14854 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14855 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14857 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14858 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14859 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14861 \(fn)" t nil)
14863 ;;;***
14865 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14866 ;;;;;; (17806 44341))
14867 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14869 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14870 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14872 \(fn)" t nil)
14874 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14875 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14879 ;;;***
14881 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14882 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14883 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14884 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14885 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17823 26720))
14886 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14888 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14889 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14890 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14891 be determined.
14893 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14895 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14896 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14897 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14898 be determined.
14900 \(fn)" nil nil)
14902 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14903 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14904 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14905 be determined.
14907 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14909 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14910 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14911 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14912 be determined.
14914 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14916 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14917 Determine and return image type.
14918 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14919 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14920 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14921 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14922 use its file extension as image type.
14923 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14925 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14927 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14928 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14929 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14931 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14933 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
14934 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14935 Whether image types are auto-detectable or not depends on the setting
14936 of the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.
14938 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
14940 \(fn)" nil nil)
14942 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14943 Create an image.
14944 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14945 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14946 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14947 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14948 use its file extension as image type.
14949 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14950 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14951 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14952 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14954 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14956 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14958 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14959 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14960 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14961 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14962 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14963 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14964 POS may be an integer or marker.
14965 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14966 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14967 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14968 means display it in the right marginal area.
14970 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14972 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14973 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14974 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14975 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14976 defaulted if you omit it.
14977 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14978 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14979 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14980 means display it in the right marginal area.
14981 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14982 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14983 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14984 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14985 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14987 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14989 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14990 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14991 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14992 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14993 defaulted if you omit it.
14994 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14995 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14996 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14997 means display it in the right marginal area.
14998 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15000 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15002 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15003 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15004 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15005 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15007 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15009 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15010 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15012 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15014 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15015 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15016 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15017 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15018 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15019 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15020 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15021 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15022 satisfied.
15024 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15026 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15028 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15030 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15031 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15033 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15034 documentation string.
15036 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15037 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15038 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15039 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15040 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15041 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15042 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15043 define SYMBOL.
15045 Example:
15047 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15048 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15050 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15052 ;;;***
15054 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15055 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15056 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17398 63767))
15057 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15059 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15060 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15061 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15062 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15064 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15065 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15066 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15067 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15069 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15071 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15072 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15073 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15074 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15076 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15077 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15078 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15079 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15081 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15083 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15084 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15086 \(fn)" nil nil)
15088 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15089 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15090 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15091 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15093 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15095 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15096 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15097 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15099 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15100 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15102 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15104 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15105 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15106 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15107 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15109 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15110 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15111 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15115 ;;;***
15117 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15118 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17657 13075))
15119 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15120 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15121 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15122 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15123 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15124 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15125 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15127 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15128 Major mode for image files.
15129 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15130 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15132 \(fn)" t nil)
15134 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15135 Toggle Image minor mode.
15136 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15137 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15141 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15142 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15143 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15144 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15145 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15146 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15148 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15149 information on these modes.
15151 \(fn)" t nil)
15153 ;;;***
15155 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15156 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17806 44341))
15157 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15159 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15160 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15162 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15164 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15165 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15166 in the buffer.
15168 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15170 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15171 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15172 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15174 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15176 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15177 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15179 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15180 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15181 pattern's structure.
15183 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15184 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15185 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15186 during matching.")
15188 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15190 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15191 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15193 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15194 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15195 called within a `save-excursion'.
15197 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15199 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15201 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15202 Function for finding the next index position.
15204 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15205 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15206 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15207 file.
15209 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15210 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15212 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15214 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15215 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15217 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15218 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15219 It should return the name for that index item.")
15221 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15223 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15224 Function to compare string with index item.
15226 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15227 non-nil if they match.
15229 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15230 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15231 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15232 arguments match\".")
15234 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15236 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15237 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15238 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15240 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15242 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15244 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15246 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15247 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15248 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15249 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15251 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15253 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15254 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15256 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15258 \(fn)" t nil)
15260 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15261 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15262 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15263 for more information.
15265 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15267 ;;;***
15269 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15270 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15271 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17806 44351))
15272 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15274 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15275 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15277 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15279 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15280 Not documented
15282 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15284 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15285 Not documented
15287 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15289 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15290 Not documented
15292 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15294 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15295 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15296 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15297 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15298 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15300 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15302 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15303 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15304 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15305 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15306 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15308 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15310 ;;;***
15312 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15313 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15314 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17538 6423))
15315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15317 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15318 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15319 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15320 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15321 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15323 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15325 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15326 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15328 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15330 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15331 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15332 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15333 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15334 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15335 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15336 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15337 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15339 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15341 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15342 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15343 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15344 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15345 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15347 This variable is only used if the variable
15348 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15350 More precise choices:
15351 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15352 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15353 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15355 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15357 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15359 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15360 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15362 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15363 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15364 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15365 to that buffer.
15366 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15367 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15368 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15369 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15371 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15372 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15374 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15376 ;;;***
15378 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15379 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15380 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15381 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17806 44342))
15382 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15384 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15385 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15387 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15388 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15389 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15391 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15392 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15393 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15394 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15395 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15396 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15397 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15398 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15399 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15400 with the top-level Info directory.
15402 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15403 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15404 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15405 appended to the Info buffer name.
15407 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15408 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15409 in all the directories in that path.
15411 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15413 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15414 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15416 \(fn)" t nil)
15418 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15419 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15420 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15421 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15423 \(fn)" nil nil)
15425 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15426 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15427 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15428 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15430 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15432 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15433 Go to the Info directory node.
15435 \(fn)" t nil)
15437 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15438 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15439 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15440 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15441 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15442 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15444 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15446 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15447 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15448 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15450 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15452 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15453 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15454 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15455 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15456 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15458 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15459 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15461 Selecting other nodes:
15462 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15463 Follow a node reference you click on.
15464 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15465 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15466 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15467 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15468 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15469 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15470 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15471 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15472 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15473 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15474 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15475 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15476 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15477 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15478 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15479 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15480 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15481 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15482 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15483 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15485 Moving within a node:
15486 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15487 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15488 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15489 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15490 move up to the parent node.
15491 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15492 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15493 if there is none.
15494 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15496 Advanced commands:
15497 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15498 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15499 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15500 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15501 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15502 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15503 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15504 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15505 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15506 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15507 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15508 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15509 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15510 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15511 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15512 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15514 \(fn)" nil nil)
15515 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15517 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15518 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15519 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15520 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15521 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15522 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15524 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15525 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15527 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15528 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15529 KEY is a string.
15530 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15531 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15532 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15533 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15535 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15537 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15538 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15539 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15541 \(fn)" t nil)
15543 ;;;***
15545 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15546 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15547 ;;;;;; (17806 44342))
15548 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15550 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15551 Throw away all cached data.
15552 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15553 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15554 system.
15556 \(fn)" t nil)
15557 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15559 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15560 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15561 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15562 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15563 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15564 one found at point.
15566 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15568 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15569 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15571 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15572 Display the documentation of a file.
15573 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15574 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15575 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15576 The default file name is the one found at point.
15578 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15580 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15582 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15583 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15585 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15587 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15588 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15590 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15592 ;;;***
15594 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15595 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17520 12667))
15596 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15598 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15599 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15601 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15603 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15604 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15605 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15607 \(fn)" t nil)
15609 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15610 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15611 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15613 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15614 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15615 quite a while.
15617 \(fn)" t nil)
15619 ;;;***
15621 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15622 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17806 44342))
15623 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15625 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15626 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15628 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15630 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15631 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15632 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15634 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15635 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15636 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15638 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15639 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15640 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15641 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15643 \(fn)" t nil)
15645 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15646 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15647 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15649 \(fn)" t nil)
15651 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15652 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15653 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15654 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15655 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15657 \(fn)" nil nil)
15659 ;;;***
15661 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15662 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15663 ;;;;;; (17806 44349))
15664 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15666 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15667 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15669 \(fn)" t nil)
15671 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15672 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15674 \(fn)" t nil)
15676 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15677 Not documented
15679 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15681 ;;;***
15683 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17806
15684 ;;;;;; 44342))
15685 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15687 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15688 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15689 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15690 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15691 accessed via isearchb.
15693 \(fn)" t nil)
15695 ;;;***
15697 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15698 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15699 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15700 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17806 44349))
15701 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15703 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15704 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15705 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15706 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15708 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15710 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15711 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15712 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15713 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15715 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15717 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15718 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15719 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15720 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15722 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15724 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15725 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15726 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15727 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15729 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15731 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15732 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15733 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15734 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15736 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15738 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15739 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15740 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15741 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15743 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15745 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15746 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15747 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15748 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15750 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15752 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15753 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15754 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15755 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15757 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15759 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15760 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15761 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15762 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15764 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15766 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15767 Warn that format is read-only.
15769 \(fn)" t nil)
15771 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15772 Warn that format is write-only.
15774 \(fn)" t nil)
15776 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15777 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15779 \(fn)" t nil)
15781 ;;;***
15783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15784 ;;;;;; (17806 44349))
15785 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15786 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15787 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15788 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15790 ;;;***
15792 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15793 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15794 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15795 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15796 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15797 ;;;;;; (17753 42786))
15798 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15799 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15801 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15802 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15803 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15804 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15806 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15807 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15809 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15810 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15811 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15813 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15814 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15815 re-start Emacs.")
15817 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15819 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15821 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15823 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15825 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15827 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15829 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15831 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15832 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15834 Each element of this list is also a list:
15836 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15837 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15839 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15840 nil means the default dictionary.
15842 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15843 word.
15845 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15847 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15848 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15849 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15850 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15851 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15852 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15853 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15854 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15855 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15857 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15858 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15859 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15860 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15861 for non-ASCII bytes.
15863 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15864 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15865 single word.
15867 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15868 subprocess.
15870 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15871 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15872 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15873 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15874 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15875 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15876 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15877 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15879 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15881 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15882 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15883 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15885 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15886 Key map for ispell menu.")
15888 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15889 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15890 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15891 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15893 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15895 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15897 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15899 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15901 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15902 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15903 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15904 Valid forms include:
15905 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15906 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15907 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15908 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15910 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15911 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15912 First list is used raw.
15913 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15915 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15916 for skipping in latex mode.")
15918 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15919 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15920 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15921 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15922 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15923 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15925 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15926 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15927 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15928 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15930 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15931 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15932 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15933 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15934 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15936 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15937 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15939 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15940 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15942 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15943 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15945 return values:
15946 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15947 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15948 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15949 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15950 quit spell session exited.
15952 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15954 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15955 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15956 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15958 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15960 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15961 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15963 Selections are:
15965 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15966 SPC: Accept word this time.
15967 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15968 `a': Accept word for this session.
15969 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15970 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15971 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15972 `?': Show these commands.
15973 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15974 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15975 the aborted check to be completed later.
15976 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15977 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15978 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15979 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15980 `C-l': redraws screen
15981 `C-r': recursive edit
15982 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
15984 \(fn)" nil nil)
15986 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15987 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15988 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15990 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15992 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15993 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15994 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15995 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15997 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15999 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16001 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16002 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16003 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16004 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16006 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16008 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16009 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16011 \(fn)" t nil)
16013 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16014 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16016 \(fn)" t nil)
16018 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16019 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16021 \(fn)" t nil)
16023 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16024 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16025 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16026 sequence inside of a word.
16028 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16030 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16032 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16033 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16035 \(fn)" t nil)
16037 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16038 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16039 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16040 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16042 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16043 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16044 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16045 available on the net.
16047 \(fn)" t nil)
16049 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16050 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16051 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16053 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16054 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16056 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16057 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16061 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16062 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16063 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16064 Don't check included messages.
16066 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16067 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16068 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16070 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16071 in your .emacs file:
16072 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16073 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16074 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16075 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16077 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16078 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16079 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16081 \(fn)" t nil)
16083 ;;;***
16085 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17822
16086 ;;;;;; 38984))
16087 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16089 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16090 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16091 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16092 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16093 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16094 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16096 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16098 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16099 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16100 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16101 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16102 `iswitchb' for details.
16104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16106 ;;;***
16108 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16109 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16110 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16111 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17806 44351))
16112 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16114 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16115 Not documented
16117 \(fn)" nil nil)
16119 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16120 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16121 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16122 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16123 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16124 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16125 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16126 necessary to represent OBJ.
16128 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16130 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16131 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16132 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16133 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16135 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16137 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16138 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16139 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16140 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16141 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16143 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16145 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16146 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16147 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16148 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16150 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16152 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16153 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16154 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16155 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16157 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16159 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16160 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16162 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16164 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16165 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16166 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16167 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16168 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16170 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16172 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16173 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16174 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16175 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16176 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16178 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16180 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16181 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16182 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16184 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16186 ;;;***
16188 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16189 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17806 44342))
16190 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16192 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16193 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16194 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16195 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16197 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16198 Not documented
16200 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16202 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16203 Uninstall jka-compr.
16204 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16205 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16206 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16208 \(fn)" nil nil)
16210 ;;;***
16212 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16213 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16214 ;;;;;; (17398 63773))
16215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16217 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16218 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16219 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16220 decimal key must be specified.")
16222 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16224 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16225 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16226 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16227 decimal key must be specified.")
16229 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16231 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16232 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16233 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16234 decimal key must be specified.")
16236 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16238 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16239 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16240 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16241 decimal key must be specified.")
16243 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16245 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16246 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16247 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16248 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16249 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16250 keys are bound.
16252 Setup Binding
16253 -------------------------------------------------------------
16254 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16255 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16256 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16257 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16258 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16259 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16260 in the global and local keymaps.
16262 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16263 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16265 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16267 ;;;***
16269 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16270 ;;;;;; (17806 44349))
16271 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16273 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16274 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16275 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16277 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16278 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16279 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16280 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16281 shorter.
16283 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16284 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16285 the context of text formatting.
16287 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16289 ;;;***
16291 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17806
16292 ;;;;;; 44349))
16293 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16295 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16296 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16297 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16298 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16299 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16300 positions that contains the current selection.")
16302 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16303 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16304 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16305 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16306 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16307 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16308 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16310 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16312 ;;;***
16314 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16315 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16316 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16317 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17806 44342))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16319 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16320 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16321 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16322 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16323 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16324 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16325 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16327 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16328 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16329 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16330 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16331 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16333 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16335 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16336 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16337 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16339 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16340 defining the macro.
16342 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16343 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16344 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16346 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16347 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16349 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16351 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16352 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16353 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16354 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16355 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16356 under that name.
16358 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16359 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16360 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16362 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16364 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16365 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16366 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16368 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16369 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16370 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16371 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16373 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16374 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16376 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16378 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16379 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16380 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16382 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16383 macro.
16385 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16386 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16388 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16389 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16390 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16392 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16393 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16395 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16397 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16398 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16399 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16400 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16402 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16404 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16405 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16406 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16407 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16409 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16410 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16412 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16414 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16415 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16416 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16418 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16420 ;;;***
16422 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16423 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16424 ;;;;;; (17806 44351))
16425 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16427 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16429 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16430 Not documented
16432 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16434 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16435 Not documented
16437 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16439 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16440 Not documented
16442 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16444 ;;;***
16446 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16447 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17806 44351))
16448 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16450 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16451 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16452 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16454 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16455 Not documented
16457 \(fn)" nil nil)
16459 ;;;***
16461 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16462 ;;;;;; (17806 44352))
16463 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16465 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16467 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16468 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16470 \(fn)" t nil)
16472 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16474 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16475 Start or resume an Lm game.
16476 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16477 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16479 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16480 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16481 none / 1 | yes | no
16482 2 | yes | yes
16483 3 | no | yes
16484 4 | no | no
16486 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16487 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16488 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16490 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16492 ;;;***
16494 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16495 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16496 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17806
16497 ;;;;;; 44351))
16498 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16500 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16501 Not documented
16503 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16505 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16506 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16507 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16508 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16509 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16510 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16512 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16513 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16515 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16517 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16518 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16520 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16522 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16523 Not documented
16525 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16527 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16528 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16529 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16530 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16531 to compose.
16533 The return value is number of composed characters.
16535 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16537 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16538 Not documented
16540 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16542 ;;;***
16544 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16545 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16546 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17723 17912))
16547 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16549 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16550 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16551 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16552 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16554 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16556 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16557 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16558 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16560 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16562 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16563 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16564 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16566 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16568 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16569 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16570 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16571 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16573 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16575 ;;;***
16577 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16578 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17806 44349))
16579 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16581 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16582 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16583 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16584 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16585 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16586 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16587 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16588 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16590 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16591 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16594 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16596 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16598 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16599 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16600 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16601 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16602 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16603 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16604 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16605 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16607 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16609 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16610 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16611 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16612 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16615 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16617 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16619 ;;;***
16621 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16622 ;;;;;; (17806 44353))
16623 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16625 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16627 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16629 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16630 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16632 \(fn)" t nil)
16634 ;;;***
16636 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16637 ;;;;;; (17806 44342))
16638 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16640 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16641 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16643 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16644 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16646 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16647 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16649 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16650 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16651 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16652 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16653 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16654 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16655 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16656 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16657 and transmit saved text.
16659 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16660 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16661 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16663 \(fn)" t nil)
16665 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16666 Not documented
16668 \(fn)" nil nil)
16670 ;;;***
16672 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17723 17914))
16673 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16675 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16676 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16677 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16678 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16679 generations (this defaults to 1).
16681 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16683 ;;;***
16685 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17806
16686 ;;;;;; 44342))
16687 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16689 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16690 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16691 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16692 is nil, raise an error.
16694 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16695 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16696 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16697 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16698 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16699 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16700 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16701 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16702 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16704 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16706 ;;;***
16708 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16709 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17806 44342))
16710 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16712 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16713 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16714 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16716 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16718 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16719 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16720 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16721 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16723 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16724 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16725 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16726 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16727 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16728 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16729 the version.)
16731 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16732 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16734 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16735 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16737 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16739 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16740 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16741 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16742 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16743 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16744 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16745 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16746 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16747 to constrain a big search.
16749 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16750 except that FILTER is not optional.
16752 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16754 ;;;***
16756 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17806 44342))
16757 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16759 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16760 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16761 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16762 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16763 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16764 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16765 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16766 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16767 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16768 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16769 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16770 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16771 uses the current buffer.
16773 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16775 ;;;***
16777 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17501
16778 ;;;;;; 10769))
16779 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16781 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16782 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16784 \(fn)" t nil)
16786 ;;;***
16788 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17806
16789 ;;;;;; 44343))
16790 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16792 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16793 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16794 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16795 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16796 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16798 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16799 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16800 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16802 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16803 are indicated with a symbol.
16805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16807 ;;;***
16809 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16810 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17723
16811 ;;;;;; 17910))
16812 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16814 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16816 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16818 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16819 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16820 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16822 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16823 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16825 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16826 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16827 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16828 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16829 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16830 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16831 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16833 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16835 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16836 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16837 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16838 switch on this list.
16839 See `lpr-command'.")
16841 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16843 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16844 *Name of program for printing a file.
16846 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16847 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16848 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16849 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16850 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16851 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16852 argument.")
16854 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16856 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16857 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16858 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16859 for customization of the printer command.
16861 \(fn)" t nil)
16863 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16864 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16866 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16867 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16868 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16869 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16871 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16872 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16874 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16875 for further customization of the printer command.
16877 \(fn)" t nil)
16879 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16880 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16881 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16882 for customization of the printer command.
16884 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16886 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16887 Paginate and print the region contents.
16889 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16890 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16891 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16892 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16894 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16895 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16897 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16898 for further customization of the printer command.
16900 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16902 ;;;***
16904 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16905 ;;;;;; (17806 44343))
16906 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16908 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16909 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16910 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16912 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
16914 ;;;***
16916 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17398
16917 ;;;;;; 63772))
16918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16920 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16921 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16922 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16924 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16928 ;;;***
16930 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17398
16931 ;;;;;; 63782))
16932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16934 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16935 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16936 \\{m4-mode-map}
16938 \(fn)" t nil)
16940 ;;;***
16942 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16943 ;;;;;; (17398 63773))
16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16946 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16947 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16948 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16949 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16950 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16952 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16954 ;;;***
16956 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16957 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17806 44343))
16958 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16960 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16961 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16962 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16963 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16964 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16966 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16968 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16969 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16970 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16971 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16973 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16974 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16975 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16976 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16977 bindings.
16979 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16980 use this command, and then save the file.
16982 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16984 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16985 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16986 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16987 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16988 each time the macro executes.
16989 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16990 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16991 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16992 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16993 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16994 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16995 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16997 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16999 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17000 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17001 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17002 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17004 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17005 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17006 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17007 execute.
17009 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17010 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17012 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17013 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17014 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17015 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17016 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17018 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17019 looked like this:
17021 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17022 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17023 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17025 You could enter the names in this format:
17031 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17033 \\C-x (
17034 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17035 \\C-x )
17037 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17038 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17040 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17041 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17043 ;;;***
17045 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17046 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17398 63778))
17047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17049 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17050 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17051 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17052 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17053 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17054 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17056 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17057 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17058 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17059 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17060 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17062 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17063 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17064 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17065 consing a string.)
17067 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17069 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17070 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17072 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17074 ;;;***
17076 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17077 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17078 ;;;;;; (17806 44351))
17079 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17081 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17082 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17084 \(fn)" nil nil)
17086 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17087 Not documented
17089 \(fn)" nil nil)
17091 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17092 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17094 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17096 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17097 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17098 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17099 message.
17101 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17103 \(fn)" nil nil)
17105 ;;;***
17107 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17108 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17109 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17398
17110 ;;;;;; 63778))
17111 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17113 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17114 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17115 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17116 often correct parser.")
17118 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17120 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17121 Not documented
17123 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17125 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17126 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17127 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17128 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17130 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17132 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17133 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17134 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17135 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17137 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17139 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17140 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17141 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17142 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17143 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17144 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17145 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17146 as Rmail does.
17148 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17150 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17151 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17152 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17153 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17154 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17155 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17157 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17159 ;;;***
17161 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17162 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17806 44351))
17163 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17165 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17166 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17168 \(fn)" nil nil)
17170 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17171 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17172 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17174 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17176 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17177 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17178 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17180 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17182 ;;;***
17184 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17185 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17806
17186 ;;;;;; 44351))
17187 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17189 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17190 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17191 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17192 king@grassland.com
17193 If `parens', they look like:
17194 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17195 If `angles', they look like:
17196 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17198 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17200 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17201 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17202 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17203 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17204 their `Resent-' variants.
17206 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17207 removed from alias expansions.
17209 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17211 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17212 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17213 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17215 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17216 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17217 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17218 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17220 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17222 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17223 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17224 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17225 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17227 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17229 ;;;***
17231 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17232 ;;;;;; (17398 63778))
17233 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17235 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17236 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17237 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17238 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17240 \(fn)" nil nil)
17242 ;;;***
17244 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17245 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17246 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17723 17915))
17247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17249 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17250 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17252 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17253 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17254 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17255 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17256 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17257 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17259 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17260 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17261 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17262 dependency, despite the colon.
17264 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17266 In the browser, use the following keys:
17268 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17270 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17272 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17273 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17275 `makefile-target-colon':
17276 The string that gets appended to all target names
17277 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17278 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17280 `makefile-macro-assign':
17281 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17282 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17283 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17284 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17285 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17286 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17288 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17289 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17290 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17292 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17293 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17295 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17296 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17297 up or down in the browser.
17299 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17300 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17302 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17303 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17305 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17306 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17307 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17308 has been selected in the browser.
17310 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17311 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17312 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17313 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17314 filenames are omitted.
17316 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17317 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17318 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17319 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17320 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17321 the backslash itself intact.
17322 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17323 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17325 `makefile-browser-hook':
17326 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17327 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17329 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17330 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17331 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17332 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17334 \(fn)" t nil)
17336 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17337 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17339 \(fn)" t nil)
17341 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17342 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17344 \(fn)" t nil)
17346 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17347 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17349 \(fn)" t nil)
17351 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17352 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17354 \(fn)" t nil)
17356 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17357 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17359 \(fn)" t nil)
17361 ;;;***
17363 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17806
17364 ;;;;;; 44343))
17365 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17367 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17368 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17369 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17371 \(fn)" t nil)
17373 ;;;***
17375 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17806 44343))
17376 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17378 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17380 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17381 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17382 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17383 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17384 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17385 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17386 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17388 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17389 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17390 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17391 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17393 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17395 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17396 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17398 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17400 ;;;***
17402 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17806 44343))
17403 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17405 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17406 Toggle Master mode.
17407 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17408 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17409 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17411 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17412 following commands:
17414 \\{master-mode-map}
17416 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17417 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17418 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17422 ;;;***
17424 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17806
17425 ;;;;;; 44343))
17426 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17428 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17430 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17431 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17432 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17435 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17437 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17439 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17440 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17441 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17442 created in the future.
17443 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17444 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17448 ;;;***
17450 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17451 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17452 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17453 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17454 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17455 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17456 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17457 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17458 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17459 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17460 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17822 38985))
17461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17463 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17464 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17466 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17467 king@grassland.com
17468 If `parens', they look like:
17469 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17470 If `angles', they look like:
17471 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17473 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17474 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17476 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17478 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17479 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17481 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17483 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17484 *Local news organization file.")
17486 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17488 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17489 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17490 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17491 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17493 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17494 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17495 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17497 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17499 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17501 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17502 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17504 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17505 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17506 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17507 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17509 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17511 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17512 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17513 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17514 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17516 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17518 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17519 *Function for citing an original message.
17520 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17521 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17522 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17524 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17526 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17527 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17528 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17529 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17530 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17532 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17534 (defvar message-signature t "\
17535 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17536 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17537 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17538 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17540 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17542 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17543 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17544 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17545 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17547 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17549 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17550 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17552 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17554 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17556 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17557 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17558 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17559 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17560 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17561 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17562 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17563 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17564 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17565 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17566 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17567 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17568 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17569 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17570 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17571 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17572 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17573 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17574 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17575 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17576 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17577 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17578 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17579 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17580 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17581 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17582 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17583 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17584 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17585 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17586 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17587 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17588 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17589 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17590 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17591 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17592 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17594 \(fn)" t nil)
17596 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17597 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17598 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17600 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17602 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17603 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17605 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17607 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17608 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17610 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17612 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17613 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17615 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17617 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17618 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17619 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17621 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17623 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17624 Cancel an article you posted.
17625 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17629 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17630 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17631 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17632 header line with the old Message-ID.
17634 \(fn)" t nil)
17636 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17637 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17639 \(fn)" t nil)
17641 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17642 Forward the current message via mail.
17643 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17644 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17646 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17648 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17649 Not documented
17651 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17653 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17654 Not documented
17656 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17658 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17659 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17661 \(fn)" t nil)
17663 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17664 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17666 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17668 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17669 Re-mail the current message.
17670 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17671 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17672 you.
17674 \(fn)" t nil)
17676 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17677 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17679 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17681 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17682 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17684 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17686 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17687 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17689 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17691 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17692 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17694 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17696 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17697 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17698 Works by overstriking characters.
17699 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17700 which specify the range to operate on.
17702 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17704 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17705 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17706 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17707 which specify the range to operate on.
17709 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17711 ;;;***
17713 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17714 ;;;;;; (17398 63782))
17715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17717 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17718 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17719 Special commands:
17720 \\{meta-mode-map}
17722 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17723 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17725 \(fn)" t nil)
17727 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17728 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17729 Special commands:
17730 \\{meta-mode-map}
17732 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17733 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17735 \(fn)" t nil)
17737 ;;;***
17739 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17740 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17741 ;;;;;; (17806 44351))
17742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17744 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17745 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17746 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17748 \(fn)" t nil)
17750 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17751 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17752 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17753 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17754 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17755 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17756 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17758 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17760 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17761 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17762 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17763 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17764 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17765 means current).
17766 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17767 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17769 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17771 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17772 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17773 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17774 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17775 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17776 means current).
17777 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17778 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17780 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17782 ;;;***
17784 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17785 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17786 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17723 17913))
17787 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17789 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17790 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17791 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17793 \(fn)" t nil)
17795 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17796 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17797 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17799 \(fn)" t nil)
17801 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17802 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17804 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17805 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17806 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17808 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17809 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17811 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17812 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17814 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17816 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17818 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17819 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17820 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17821 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17822 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17823 as `compose-mail'.
17825 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17826 initial Subject field, respectively.
17828 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17829 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17830 are strings.
17832 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17833 ignored.
17835 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17837 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17838 Save draft and send message.
17840 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17841 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17842 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17843 Mail Delivery*\".
17845 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17846 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17847 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17849 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17850 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17851 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17852 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17853 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17854 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17856 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17857 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17861 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17862 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17864 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17865 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17866 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17867 delete the draft message.
17869 \(fn)" t nil)
17871 ;;;***
17873 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17753 42784))
17874 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17876 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17878 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17880 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17882 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17883 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17885 \(fn)" t nil)
17887 ;;;***
17889 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17890 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17501 10773))
17891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17893 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17894 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17895 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17897 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17898 the MH mail system.
17900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17902 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17903 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17904 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17906 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17907 the MH mail system.
17909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17911 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17912 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17914 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17915 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17916 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17917 separate command.
17919 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17920 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17921 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17922 format.
17924 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17926 Ranges
17927 ======
17928 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17929 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17930 can be used in several ways.
17932 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17933 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17934 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17935 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17936 page):
17938 <num1>-<num2>
17939 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17940 The range must be nonempty.
17942 <num>:N
17943 <num>:+N
17944 <num>:-N
17945 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17946 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17947 last.
17949 first:N
17950 prev:N
17951 next:N
17952 last:N
17953 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17956 All of the messages.
17958 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17959 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17961 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17962 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17963 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17965 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17967 \(fn)" t nil)
17969 ;;;***
17971 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17972 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17806 44343))
17973 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17975 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17976 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17977 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17978 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17979 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17980 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17981 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17982 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17983 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17984 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17985 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17987 \(fn)" t nil)
17989 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17990 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17991 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17992 to its second argument TM.
17994 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17996 ;;;***
17998 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17999 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17398 63768))
18000 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18002 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18003 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18004 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18005 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18006 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18007 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18009 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18011 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18012 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18013 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18014 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18015 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18016 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18017 default indication.
18019 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18020 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18024 ;;;***
18026 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18027 ;;;;;; (17398 63782))
18028 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18030 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18031 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18032 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18034 \(fn)" t nil)
18036 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18038 ;;;***
18040 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18041 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18042 ;;;;;; (17806 44351))
18043 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18045 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18046 Not documented
18048 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18050 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18051 Not documented
18053 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18055 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18056 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18057 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18058 PATTERN regexp.
18060 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18062 ;;;***
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18065 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17632 59497))
18066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18068 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18069 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18071 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18073 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18074 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18075 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18076 the entire message.
18077 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18079 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18081 ;;;***
18083 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18084 ;;;;;; (17398 63777))
18085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18087 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18088 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18089 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18090 the entire message.
18091 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18093 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18095 ;;;***
18097 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18098 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17806 44348))
18099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18101 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18102 Insert file contents of URL.
18103 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18105 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18107 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18108 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18110 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18112 ;;;***
18114 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18115 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17806 44348))
18116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18118 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18119 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18120 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18121 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18122 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18124 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18126 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18127 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18128 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18130 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18132 ;;;***
18134 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18135 ;;;;;; (17501 10771))
18136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18138 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18139 Not documented
18141 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18143 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18144 Not documented
18146 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18148 ;;;***
18150 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18151 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18152 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17806 44348))
18153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18155 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18156 Not documented
18158 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18160 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18161 Not documented
18163 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18165 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18166 Not documented
18168 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18170 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18171 Not documented
18173 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18175 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18176 Not documented
18178 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18180 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18181 Not documented
18183 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18185 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18186 Not documented
18188 \(fn)" nil nil)
18190 ;;;***
18192 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18193 ;;;;;; (17289 39206))
18194 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18196 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18197 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18198 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18199 followed by the first character of the construct.
18200 \\<m2-mode-map>
18201 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18202 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18203 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18204 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18205 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18206 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18207 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18208 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18209 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18210 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18211 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18212 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18213 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18214 \\[m2-link] link
18216 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18217 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18218 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18220 \(fn)" t nil)
18222 ;;;***
18224 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18225 ;;;;;; (17806 44352))
18226 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18228 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18229 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18231 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18233 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18234 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18236 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18238 ;;;***
18240 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17806
18241 ;;;;;; 44343))
18242 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18244 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18245 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18246 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18248 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18249 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18251 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18253 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18254 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18255 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18256 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18258 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18260 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18262 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18264 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18265 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18266 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18267 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18268 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18269 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18271 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18272 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18273 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18274 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18275 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18277 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18278 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18280 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18281 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18283 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18285 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18286 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18287 primary selection and region.
18289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18291 ;;;***
18293 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17806 44352))
18294 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18296 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18297 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18299 \(fn)" t nil)
18301 ;;;***
18303 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17575 33470))
18304 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18306 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18307 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18308 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18309 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18310 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18311 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18313 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18315 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18316 Toggle Msb mode.
18317 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18318 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18319 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18323 ;;;***
18325 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18326 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18327 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18328 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18329 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18330 ;;;;;; (17806 44349))
18331 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18333 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18334 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18335 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18336 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18337 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18338 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18339 set of ISO charsets.
18341 Each element has the following format:
18342 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18344 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18346 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18347 CHARSET are mapped.
18349 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18350 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18351 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18352 character code in CHARSET.
18354 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18355 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18356 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18358 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18359 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18360 TO2, or...
18361 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18362 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18364 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18365 Display a list of all character sets.
18367 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18368 internal Emacs use.
18370 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18371 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18372 hexadecimal digits.
18373 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18374 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18376 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18377 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18378 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18379 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18381 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18382 but still shows the full information.
18384 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18386 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18387 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18388 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18389 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18390 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18392 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18393 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18394 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18395 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18396 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18398 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18400 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18401 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18402 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18403 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18404 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18406 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18408 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18409 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18411 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18413 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18414 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18416 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18418 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18419 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18421 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18422 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18423 in place of `..':
18424 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18425 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18426 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18427 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18428 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18429 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18430 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18431 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18432 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18433 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18434 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18435 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18436 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18437 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18438 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18439 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18441 \(fn)" t nil)
18443 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18444 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18446 \(fn)" t nil)
18448 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18449 Display a list of all coding systems.
18450 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18452 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18453 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18457 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18458 Display a list of all coding categories.
18460 \(fn)" nil nil)
18462 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18463 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18464 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18466 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18468 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18469 Display information about FONTSET.
18470 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18472 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18474 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18475 Display a list of all fontsets.
18476 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18477 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18478 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18480 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18482 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18483 Display information about all input methods.
18485 \(fn)" t nil)
18487 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18488 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18490 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18491 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18492 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18493 system which uses fontsets).
18495 \(fn)" t nil)
18497 ;;;***
18499 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18500 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18501 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18502 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18503 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18504 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17806 44349))
18505 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18507 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18508 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18509 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18511 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18513 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18515 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18516 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18518 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18519 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18521 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18522 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18524 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18526 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18527 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18528 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18529 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18530 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18531 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18532 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18534 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18535 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18536 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18537 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18538 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18539 middle of a character in STR.
18541 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18542 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18544 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18545 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18546 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18547 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18548 defaults to \"...\".
18550 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18552 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18553 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18555 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18556 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18557 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18559 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18560 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18561 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18563 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18564 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18565 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18566 is considered.
18567 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18568 longer than KEYSEQ.
18569 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18571 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18573 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18574 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18575 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18576 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18577 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18578 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18579 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18580 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18581 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18582 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18583 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18585 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18587 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18588 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18590 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18592 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18593 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18595 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18597 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18598 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18600 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18602 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18603 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18605 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18607 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18608 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18609 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18610 coding systems ordered by priority.
18612 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18614 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18615 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18616 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18617 language environment LANG-ENV.
18619 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18621 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18622 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18623 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18624 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18625 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18626 basis, this may not be accurate.
18628 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18630 ;;;***
18632 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18633 ;;;;;; (17509 55587))
18634 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18636 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18637 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18638 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18639 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18640 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18641 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18643 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18645 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18646 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18647 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18648 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18652 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18653 Enable mouse wheel support.
18655 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18657 ;;;***
18659 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18660 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18661 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18662 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17398 63778))
18663 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18665 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18666 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18668 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18670 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18671 Ping HOST.
18672 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18673 `ping-program-options'.
18675 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18677 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18678 Run ipconfig program.
18680 \(fn)" t nil)
18682 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18684 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18685 Run netstat program.
18687 \(fn)" t nil)
18689 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18690 Run the arp program.
18692 \(fn)" t nil)
18694 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18695 Run the route program.
18697 \(fn)" t nil)
18699 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18700 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18702 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18704 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18705 Run nslookup program.
18707 \(fn)" t nil)
18709 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18710 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18712 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18714 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18715 Run dig program.
18717 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18719 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18720 Run ftp program.
18722 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18724 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18725 Finger USER on HOST.
18727 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18729 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18730 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18731 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18732 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18734 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18736 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18737 Not documented
18739 \(fn)" t nil)
18741 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18742 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18744 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18746 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18747 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18749 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18751 ;;;***
18753 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18754 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18755 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18756 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18757 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18758 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17806 44343))
18759 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18761 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18763 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18765 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18767 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18769 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18770 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18771 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18772 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18773 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18774 Major modes should set this variable.")
18776 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18777 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18778 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18779 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18780 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18781 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18783 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18784 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18786 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18787 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18788 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18790 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18791 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18792 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18793 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18794 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18796 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18797 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18798 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18800 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18801 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18802 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18803 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18805 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18806 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18807 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18808 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18809 column indentation or nil.
18810 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18812 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18813 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18814 The function has no args.
18816 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18817 comments always start in column zero.")
18819 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18820 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18821 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18823 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18825 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18826 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18827 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18828 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18830 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18831 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18833 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18835 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18836 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18837 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18838 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18839 customize this variable.
18841 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18842 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18844 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18846 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18847 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18848 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18849 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18850 the variables are properly set.
18852 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18854 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18855 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18857 \(fn)" nil nil)
18859 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18860 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18861 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18863 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18865 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18866 Set the comment column based on point.
18867 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18868 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18869 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18870 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18872 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18874 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18875 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18876 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18878 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18880 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18881 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18882 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18883 comment markers.
18885 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18887 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18888 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18889 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18890 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18891 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18892 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18893 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18894 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18896 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18897 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18899 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18901 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18902 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18903 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18904 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18906 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18908 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18909 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18910 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18911 is passed on to the respective function.
18913 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18915 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18916 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18917 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18918 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18919 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18920 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18921 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18922 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18923 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18925 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18927 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18928 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18929 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18931 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
18933 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18934 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18935 This indents the body of the continued comment
18936 under the previous comment line.
18938 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18939 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18940 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18942 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18943 or comment indentation.
18945 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18946 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18948 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18950 ;;;***
18952 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18953 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18954 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17398 63779))
18955 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18957 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18958 Check whether newsticker is running.
18959 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18960 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18962 \(fn)" nil nil)
18964 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18965 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18966 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18967 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18968 empty.
18970 \(fn)" nil nil)
18972 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18973 Start the newsticker.
18974 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18975 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18976 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18977 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18979 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18981 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18982 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18983 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18984 running already.
18986 \(fn)" t nil)
18988 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18989 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18991 \(fn)" t nil)
18993 ;;;***
18995 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18996 ;;;;;; (17740 22929))
18997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18999 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19000 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19002 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19004 ;;;***
19006 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17398
19007 ;;;;;; 63777))
19008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19010 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19011 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19012 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19013 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19014 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19015 symbol in the alist.
19017 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19019 ;;;***
19021 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19022 ;;;;;; (17398 63777))
19023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19025 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19026 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19027 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19029 \(fn)" t nil)
19031 ;;;***
19033 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19034 ;;;;;; (17806 44348))
19035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19037 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19038 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19039 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19041 \(fn)" t nil)
19043 ;;;***
19045 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19046 ;;;;;; (17398 63777))
19047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19049 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19050 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19052 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19054 ;;;***
19056 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19057 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17740 22929))
19058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19060 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19061 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19063 \(fn)" t nil)
19065 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19066 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19068 \(fn)" t nil)
19070 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19071 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19073 \(fn)" t nil)
19075 ;;;***
19077 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19078 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17806 44343))
19079 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19081 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19082 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19083 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19085 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19087 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19088 Not documented
19090 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19092 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19093 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19094 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19095 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19096 to future sessions.
19098 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19100 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19101 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19102 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19103 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19104 to future sessions.
19106 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19108 ;;;***
19110 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19111 ;;;;;; (17398 63784))
19112 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19114 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19115 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19116 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19117 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19118 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19119 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19121 \(fn)" t nil)
19123 ;;;***
19125 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19126 ;;;;;; (17398 63783))
19127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19129 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19130 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19131 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19132 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19133 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19135 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19137 ;;;***
19139 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19140 ;;;;;; (17735 59805))
19141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19143 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19144 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19145 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19147 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19149 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19150 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19152 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19153 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19154 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19158 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19160 ;;;***
19162 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19163 ;;;;;; (17806 44353))
19164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19166 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19167 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19169 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19170 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19171 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19172 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19174 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19175 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19176 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19177 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19178 is why you need this mode!).
19180 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19181 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19182 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19184 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19186 Keybindings
19187 ===========
19189 \\{octave-mode-map}
19191 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19192 ==============================================
19194 octave-auto-indent
19195 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19196 Default is nil.
19198 octave-auto-newline
19199 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19200 Default is nil.
19202 octave-blink-matching-block
19203 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19204 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19206 octave-block-offset
19207 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19208 Default is 2.
19210 octave-continuation-offset
19211 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19212 Default is 4.
19214 octave-continuation-string
19215 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19216 Default is a backslash.
19218 octave-mode-startup-message
19219 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19220 Default is t.
19222 octave-send-echo-input
19223 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19224 command to the inferior Octave process.
19226 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19227 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19228 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19230 octave-send-echo-input
19231 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19233 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19235 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19236 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19238 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19239 (setq auto-mode-alist
19240 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19242 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19243 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19245 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19246 (lambda ()
19247 (abbrev-mode 1)
19248 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19249 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19250 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19252 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19253 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19254 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19255 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19257 \(fn)" t nil)
19259 ;;;***
19261 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19262 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19263 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19264 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19265 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19266 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19267 ;;;;;; (17806 44354))
19268 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19270 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19271 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19272 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19274 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19275 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19276 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19277 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19278 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19279 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19280 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19281 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19282 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19283 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19285 The following commands are available:
19287 \\{org-mode-map}
19289 \(fn)" t nil)
19291 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19292 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19294 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19295 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19296 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19297 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19298 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19300 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19301 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19302 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19303 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19304 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19305 and zoom in further.
19306 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19308 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19309 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19310 is negative, go up that many levels.
19312 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19313 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19314 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19316 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19317 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19321 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19322 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19326 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19327 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19328 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19329 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19331 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19332 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19333 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19334 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19335 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19336 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19337 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19338 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19340 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19341 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19342 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19344 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19345 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19346 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19348 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19350 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19351 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19352 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19353 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19354 before running the agenda command.
19356 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19358 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19359 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19360 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19361 will be able to go to other weeks.
19362 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19363 also be shown, under the current date.
19364 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19365 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19366 to turn on logging.
19367 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19368 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19369 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19371 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19373 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19374 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19375 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19376 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19377 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19378 `org-todo-keywords'.
19380 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19382 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19383 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19384 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19385 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19387 \(fn)" t nil)
19389 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19390 Return diary information from org-files.
19391 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19392 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19393 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19394 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19396 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19397 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19398 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19400 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19401 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19402 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19403 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19405 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19406 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19407 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19409 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19410 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19411 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19412 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19414 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19416 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19418 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19419 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19421 &%%(org-diary)
19423 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19424 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19425 also be written as
19427 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19429 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19430 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19431 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19433 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19435 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19436 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19437 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19439 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19441 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19442 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19443 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19444 \\[org-insert-link].
19445 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19446 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19447 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19449 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19451 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19452 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19453 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19454 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19455 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19457 \(fn)" nil nil)
19459 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19460 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19461 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19462 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19464 \(fn)" nil nil)
19466 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19467 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19468 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19469 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19470 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19471 file the text at a specific location.
19472 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19473 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19474 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19476 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19477 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19478 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19479 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19480 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19481 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19482 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19483 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19485 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19486 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19487 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19488 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19490 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19491 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19492 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19494 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19495 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19496 \(i.e. after the stars).
19498 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19500 \(fn)" nil nil)
19502 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19503 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19505 \(fn)" nil nil)
19507 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19508 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19512 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19513 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19514 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19515 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19517 \(fn)" t nil)
19519 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19520 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19521 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19522 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19524 \(fn)" t nil)
19526 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19527 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19528 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19530 \(fn)" t nil)
19532 ;;;***
19534 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19535 ;;;;;; (17806 44344))
19536 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19537 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19539 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19540 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19541 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19542 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19544 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19545 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19546 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19547 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19549 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19550 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19551 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19552 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19553 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19554 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19556 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19557 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19558 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19560 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19561 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19562 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19563 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19564 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19565 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19566 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19567 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19568 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19569 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19570 The subheadings remain visible.
19571 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19573 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19574 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19575 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19577 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19578 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19580 \(fn)" t nil)
19582 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19583 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19584 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19585 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19589 ;;;***
19591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17501
19592 ;;;;;; 10775))
19593 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19594 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19595 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19596 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19597 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19598 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19599 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19600 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19601 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19602 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19604 ;;;***
19606 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17806 44344))
19607 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19609 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19610 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19611 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19612 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19613 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19614 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19616 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19618 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19619 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19620 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19621 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19623 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19624 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19628 ;;;***
19630 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19631 ;;;;;; (17398 63772))
19632 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19634 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19635 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19636 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19637 unknown are returned as nil.
19639 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19641 ;;;***
19643 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17398
19644 ;;;;;; 63783))
19645 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19647 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19648 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19649 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19651 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19652 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19654 Other useful functions are:
19656 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19657 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19658 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19659 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19660 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19661 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19662 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19663 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19664 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19666 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19668 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19669 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19670 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19671 Indentation for case statements.
19672 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19673 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19674 mark after an end.
19675 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19676 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19677 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19678 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19679 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19680 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19681 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19682 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19683 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19684 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19686 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19687 pascal-separator-keywords.
19689 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19690 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19692 \(fn)" t nil)
19694 ;;;***
19696 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19697 ;;;;;; (17806 44346))
19698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19700 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19701 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19702 The keys affected are:
19703 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19704 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19705 M-Backspace does undo.
19706 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19707 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19708 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19710 \(fn)" t nil)
19712 ;;;***
19714 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19715 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17398 63773))
19716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19718 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19719 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19720 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19722 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19723 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19725 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19727 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19728 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19730 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19732 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19733 which modify the status of the mark.
19735 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19736 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19738 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19739 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19741 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19742 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19743 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19744 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19745 turning PC Selection mode on.
19747 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19748 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19750 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19751 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19752 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19754 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19755 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19756 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19758 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19759 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19761 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19762 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19763 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19765 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19766 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19767 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19769 F6 other-window
19770 DELETE delete-char
19771 C-DELETE kill-line
19772 M-DELETE kill-word
19773 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19774 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19775 M-BACKSPACE undo
19777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19779 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19780 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19781 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19782 and cursor movement commands.
19783 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19784 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19785 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19787 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19789 ;;;***
19791 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17806
19792 ;;;;;; 44344))
19793 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19795 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19796 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19798 \(fn)" nil nil)
19800 ;;;***
19802 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19803 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17806 44344))
19804 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19806 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19807 Completion for `gzip'.
19809 \(fn)" nil nil)
19811 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19812 Completion for `bzip2'.
19814 \(fn)" nil nil)
19816 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19817 Completion for GNU `make'.
19819 \(fn)" nil nil)
19821 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19822 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19824 \(fn)" nil nil)
19826 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19828 ;;;***
19830 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19831 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17806 44344))
19832 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19834 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19835 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19837 \(fn)" nil nil)
19839 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19840 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19842 \(fn)" nil nil)
19844 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19845 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19847 \(fn)" nil nil)
19849 ;;;***
19851 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17806
19852 ;;;;;; 44344))
19853 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19855 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19856 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19857 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19858 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19859 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19860 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19862 \(fn)" nil nil)
19864 ;;;***
19866 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19867 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19868 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17806 44344))
19869 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19871 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19872 Completion for `cd'.
19874 \(fn)" nil nil)
19876 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19878 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19879 Completion for `rmdir'.
19881 \(fn)" nil nil)
19883 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19884 Completion for `rm'.
19886 \(fn)" nil nil)
19888 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19889 Completion for `xargs'.
19891 \(fn)" nil nil)
19893 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19895 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19896 Completion for `which'.
19898 \(fn)" nil nil)
19900 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19901 Completion for the `chown' command.
19903 \(fn)" nil nil)
19905 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19906 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19908 \(fn)" nil nil)
19910 ;;;***
19912 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19913 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19914 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17501
19915 ;;;;;; 10769))
19916 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19918 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19919 Support extensible programmable completion.
19920 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19921 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19923 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19925 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19926 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19928 \(fn)" t nil)
19930 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19931 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19932 This will modify the current buffer.
19934 \(fn)" t nil)
19936 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19937 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19939 \(fn)" t nil)
19941 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19942 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19943 This will modify the current buffer.
19945 \(fn)" t nil)
19947 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19948 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19950 \(fn)" t nil)
19952 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19953 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19955 \(fn)" t nil)
19957 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19958 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19959 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19960 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19961 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19963 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19965 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19966 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19968 \(fn)" nil nil)
19970 ;;;***
19972 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19973 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19974 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17806 44344))
19975 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19977 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19978 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19979 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19980 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19982 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19984 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19986 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19987 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19988 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19989 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19990 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19991 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19992 FLAGS is ignored.
19994 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19996 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19997 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19998 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19999 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20000 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20001 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20002 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20003 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20005 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20007 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20008 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20009 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20010 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20011 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20012 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20013 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20014 passed to cvs.
20016 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20018 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20019 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20020 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20021 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20022 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20023 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20024 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20026 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20028 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20030 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20031 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20032 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20034 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20036 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20037 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20038 nil means never do it.
20039 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20040 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20041 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20043 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20045 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20046 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20047 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20049 ;;;***
20051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17806 44344))
20052 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20054 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20056 ;;;***
20058 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20059 ;;;;;; (17501 10775))
20060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20062 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20063 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20064 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20065 Tab indents for Perl code.
20066 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20067 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20068 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20069 \\{perl-mode-map}
20070 Variables controlling indentation style:
20071 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20072 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20073 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20074 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20075 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20076 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20077 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20078 `perl-nochange'
20079 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20080 `perl-indent-level'
20081 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20082 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20083 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20084 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20085 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20086 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20087 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20088 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20089 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20090 `perl-brace-offset'
20091 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20092 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20093 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20094 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20095 `perl-label-offset'
20096 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20097 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20098 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20100 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20101 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20102 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20103 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20104 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20105 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20106 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20108 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20110 \(fn)" t nil)
20112 ;;;***
20114 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20115 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20116 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20117 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17723 17910))
20118 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20120 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20121 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20123 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20125 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20126 passphrase cache or user.
20128 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20130 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20131 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20133 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20134 cache or user.
20136 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20138 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20139 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20141 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20142 the region.
20144 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20145 passphrase cache or user.
20147 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20149 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20150 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20152 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20154 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20155 the region.
20157 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20158 passphrase cache or user.
20160 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20162 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20163 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20165 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20166 passphrase cache or user.
20168 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20170 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20171 Decrypt the current buffer.
20173 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20174 the region.
20176 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20177 passphrase cache or user.
20179 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20181 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20182 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20184 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20185 a detached signature.
20187 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20188 and the the output is displayed.
20190 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20191 passphrase cache or user.
20193 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20195 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20196 Sign the current buffer.
20198 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20199 detached signature.
20201 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20202 within the region.
20204 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20205 and the the output is displayed.
20207 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20208 passphrase cache or user.
20210 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20212 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20213 Verify the current region between START and END.
20214 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20215 the detached signature of the current region.
20217 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20218 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20220 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20222 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20223 Verify the current buffer.
20224 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20225 the detached signature of the current region.
20226 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20227 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20228 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20229 within the region.
20231 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20233 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20234 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20236 \(fn)" t nil)
20238 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20239 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20241 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20243 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20244 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20246 \(fn)" t nil)
20248 ;;;***
20250 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20251 ;;;;;; (17822 38984))
20252 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20254 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20255 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20257 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20259 ;;;***
20261 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20262 ;;;;;; (17806 44354))
20263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20265 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20266 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20267 \\<picture-mode-map>
20268 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20269 afterwards settable by these commands:
20271 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20272 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20273 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20274 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20276 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20277 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20278 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20279 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20281 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20282 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20283 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20284 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20286 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20287 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20288 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20289 with these commands:
20291 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20292 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20293 Move to column following last
20294 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20295 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20296 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20297 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20298 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20299 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20301 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20303 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20304 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20305 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20306 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20307 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20308 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20310 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20311 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20312 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20313 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20314 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20315 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20316 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20318 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20319 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20320 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20321 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20322 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20323 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20324 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20325 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20327 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20328 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20329 by supplying an argument.
20331 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20333 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20334 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20336 \(fn)" t nil)
20338 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20340 ;;;***
20342 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20343 ;;;;;; (17620 26953))
20344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20346 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20347 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20348 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20350 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20352 ;;;***
20354 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17546 35258))
20355 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20357 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20358 Play pong and waste time.
20359 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20360 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20362 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20364 \\{pong-mode-map}
20366 \(fn)" t nil)
20368 ;;;***
20370 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20371 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17740 22929))
20372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20374 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20375 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20376 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20377 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20379 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20381 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20382 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20384 \(fn)" nil nil)
20386 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20387 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20388 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20389 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20390 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20392 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20394 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20395 Evaluate an expression, then pretty-print value EXPVAL into a new buffer.
20396 If pretty-printed EXPVAL fits on one line, display it in the echo
20397 area instead. Also add EXPVAL to the front of the list
20398 in the variable `values'.
20400 Non-interactively, the argument is the value, EXPVAL, not the expression
20401 to evaluate.
20403 \(fn EXPVAL)" t nil)
20405 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20406 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20407 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20408 Ignores leading comment characters.
20410 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20412 ;;;***
20414 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20415 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20416 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20417 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20418 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20419 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20420 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20421 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20422 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20423 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20424 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20425 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20426 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20427 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20428 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20429 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20430 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20431 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20432 ;;;;;; (17806 44344))
20433 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20435 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20436 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20438 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20440 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20442 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20444 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20445 Preview directory using ghostview.
20447 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20448 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20449 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20450 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20452 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20453 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20454 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20455 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20456 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20457 file name.
20459 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20461 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20463 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20464 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20466 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20467 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20468 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20469 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20471 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20472 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20473 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20474 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20475 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20476 file name.
20478 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20480 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20482 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20483 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20485 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20486 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20487 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20488 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20490 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20491 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20492 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20493 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20494 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20495 file name.
20497 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20499 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20501 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20502 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20504 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20506 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20507 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20508 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20509 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20511 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20512 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20513 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20514 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20515 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20516 file name.
20518 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20520 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20522 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20523 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20525 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20526 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20527 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20529 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20530 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20531 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20532 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20534 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20536 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20537 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20539 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20540 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20541 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20543 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20544 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20545 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20546 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20548 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20550 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20551 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20553 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20554 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20555 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20557 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20558 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20559 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20560 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20562 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20564 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20565 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20567 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20569 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20570 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20571 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20573 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20574 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20575 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20576 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20578 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20580 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20581 Preview region using ghostview.
20583 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20585 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20587 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20588 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20590 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20592 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20594 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20595 Print region using PostScript printer.
20597 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20599 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20601 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20602 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20604 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20606 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20608 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20609 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20611 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20613 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20615 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20616 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20618 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20620 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20622 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20623 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20625 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20627 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20629 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20630 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20632 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20634 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20636 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20637 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20638 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20639 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20641 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20642 matching.
20644 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20645 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20647 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20649 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20651 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20652 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20653 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20654 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20656 \(fn)" t nil)
20658 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20659 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20660 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20661 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20663 \(fn)" t nil)
20665 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20666 Print directory using text printer.
20668 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20669 matching.
20671 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20672 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20674 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20676 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20678 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20679 Print buffer using text printer.
20681 \(fn)" t nil)
20683 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20684 Print region using text printer.
20686 \(fn)" t nil)
20688 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20689 Print major mode using text printer.
20691 \(fn)" t nil)
20693 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20694 Preview spooled PostScript.
20696 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20697 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20698 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20700 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20701 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20702 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20704 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20706 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20707 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20709 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20710 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20711 instead of sending it to the printer.
20713 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20714 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20715 image in a file with that name.
20717 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20719 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20720 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20722 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20723 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20724 instead of sending it to the printer.
20726 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20727 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20728 image in a file with that name.
20730 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20732 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20733 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20735 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20736 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20737 instead of sending it to the printer.
20739 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20740 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20741 image in a file with that name.
20743 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20745 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20746 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20748 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20750 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20751 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20753 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20755 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20756 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20758 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20760 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20761 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20763 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20765 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20766 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20768 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20770 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20771 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20773 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20774 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20775 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20776 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20778 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20779 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20780 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20781 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20782 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20783 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20784 file name.
20786 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20788 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20789 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20791 \(fn)" t nil)
20793 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20794 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20796 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20797 right.
20798 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20799 bottom.
20801 \(fn)" t nil)
20803 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20804 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20806 \(fn)" t nil)
20808 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20809 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20811 \(fn)" t nil)
20813 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20814 Toggle printing with faces.
20816 \(fn)" t nil)
20818 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20819 Toggle spooling.
20821 \(fn)" t nil)
20823 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20824 Toggle duplex.
20826 \(fn)" t nil)
20828 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20829 Toggle tumble.
20831 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20832 right.
20833 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20834 bottom.
20836 \(fn)" t nil)
20838 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20839 Toggle landscape.
20841 \(fn)" t nil)
20843 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20844 Toggle upside-down.
20846 \(fn)" t nil)
20848 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20849 Toggle line number.
20851 \(fn)" t nil)
20853 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20854 Toggle zebra stripes.
20856 \(fn)" t nil)
20858 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20859 Toggle printing header.
20861 \(fn)" t nil)
20863 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20864 Toggle printing header frame.
20866 \(fn)" t nil)
20868 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20869 Toggle menu lock.
20871 \(fn)" t nil)
20873 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20874 Toggle auto region.
20876 \(fn)" t nil)
20878 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20879 Toggle auto mode.
20881 \(fn)" t nil)
20883 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20884 Customization of the `printing' group.
20886 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20888 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20889 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20891 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20893 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20894 Help for the printing package.
20896 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20898 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20899 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20901 \(fn)" t nil)
20903 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20904 Interactively select a text printer.
20906 \(fn)" t nil)
20908 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20909 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20911 \(fn)" t nil)
20913 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20914 Show current ps-print settings.
20916 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20918 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20919 Show current printing settings.
20921 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20923 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20924 Show current lpr settings.
20926 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20928 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20929 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20931 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20932 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20933 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20934 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20937 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20939 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20940 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20941 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20943 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20944 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20945 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20946 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20947 current active printer.
20949 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20950 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20951 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20952 printer.
20954 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20955 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20956 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20957 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20958 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20961 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20962 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20964 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20966 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20967 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20968 be done using the new current active printer.
20970 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20971 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20972 printer.
20974 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20975 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20976 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20977 instead of sending it to the printer.
20979 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20980 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20981 printer.
20983 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20986 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20987 are both set to t.
20989 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20991 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20992 Fast fire function for text printing.
20994 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20995 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20996 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20997 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20999 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21000 user for a new active text printer.
21002 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21004 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21006 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21007 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21008 printer.
21010 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21012 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21013 are both set to t.
21015 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21017 ;;;***
21019 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21020 ;;;;;; (17723 17915))
21021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21023 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21024 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21025 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21026 Commands:
21027 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21028 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21029 if that value is non-nil.
21031 \(fn)" t nil)
21033 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21035 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21036 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21037 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21039 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21041 ;;;***
21043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17806 44344))
21044 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21046 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21047 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21048 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21050 ;;;***
21052 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17398
21053 ;;;;;; 63783))
21054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21056 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21057 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21059 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21061 The following variables hold user options, and can
21062 be set through the `customize' command:
21064 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21065 `ps-mode-tab'
21066 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21067 `ps-mode-print-function'
21068 `ps-run-prompt'
21069 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21070 `ps-run-x'
21071 `ps-run-dumb'
21072 `ps-run-init'
21073 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21074 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21076 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21079 \\{ps-mode-map}
21082 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21083 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21084 The keymap for this second window is:
21086 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21089 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21090 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21091 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21092 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21093 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21095 \(fn)" t nil)
21097 ;;;***
21099 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21100 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21101 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21102 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17806 44344))
21103 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21105 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21106 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21108 Valid values are:
21110 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21111 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21112 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21113 changed by setting the variable
21114 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21115 The initial value of this variable is
21116 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21117 documentation).
21119 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21120 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21121 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21122 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21123 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21124 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21125 test it.
21127 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21128 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21129 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21130 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21131 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21132 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21133 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21134 use this value, be sure to have installed
21135 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21136 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21137 documentation of this variable).
21139 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21140 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21141 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21142 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21143 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21144 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21146 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21148 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21150 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21151 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21152 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21154 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21156 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21157 Not documented
21159 \(fn)" nil nil)
21161 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21162 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21164 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21166 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21168 Returns the value:
21170 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21172 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21173 the sequence.
21175 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21177 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21178 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21180 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21181 composition.
21183 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21185 Returns the value:
21187 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21189 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21190 the sequence.
21192 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21194 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21195 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21197 \(fn)" nil nil)
21199 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21200 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21201 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21203 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21205 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21206 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21207 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21209 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21211 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21212 Not documented
21214 \(fn)" nil nil)
21216 ;;;***
21218 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21219 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21220 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21221 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21222 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21223 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17806
21224 ;;;;;; 44344))
21225 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21227 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21228 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21229 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21231 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21233 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21234 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21235 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21236 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21238 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21240 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21241 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21243 Valid values are:
21245 nil Do not print colors.
21247 t Print colors.
21249 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21250 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21252 Any other value is treated as t.")
21254 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21256 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21257 Customization of ps-print group.
21259 \(fn)" t nil)
21261 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21262 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21264 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21265 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21266 sending it to the printer.
21268 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21269 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21270 image in a file with that name.
21272 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21274 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21275 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21276 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21277 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21278 so it has a way to determine color values.
21280 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21282 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21283 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21284 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21286 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21288 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21289 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21290 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21291 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21292 so it has a way to determine color values.
21294 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21296 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21297 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21298 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21299 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21301 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21303 \(fn)" t nil)
21305 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21306 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21307 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21308 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21309 so it has a way to determine color values.
21311 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21313 \(fn)" t nil)
21315 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21316 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21317 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21319 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21321 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21323 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21324 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21325 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21326 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21327 so it has a way to determine color values.
21329 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21331 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21333 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21334 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21336 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21337 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21338 instead of sending it to the printer.
21340 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21341 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21342 image in a file with that name.
21344 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21346 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21347 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21348 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21349 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21350 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21354 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21355 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21356 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21358 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21360 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21361 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21362 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21364 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21366 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21367 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21369 \(fn)" nil nil)
21371 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21372 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21374 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21375 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21377 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21378 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21380 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21382 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21384 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21386 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21387 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21389 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21390 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21392 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21393 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21395 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21397 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21399 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21401 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21402 foreground and background colors respectively.
21404 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21405 bold - use bold font.
21406 italic - use italic font.
21407 underline - put a line under text.
21408 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21409 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21410 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21411 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21412 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21414 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21416 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21418 ;;;***
21420 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21421 ;;;;;; (17806 44353))
21422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21424 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21426 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21428 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21430 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21431 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21432 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21433 buffer automatically.
21435 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21436 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21437 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21438 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21439 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21440 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21441 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21443 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21444 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21445 buffer for a list of commands.)
21447 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21449 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21450 Major mode for editing Python files.
21451 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21452 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21453 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21454 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21456 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21457 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21458 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21459 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21460 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21461 \\<python-mode-map>
21462 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21463 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21464 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21465 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21466 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21467 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21469 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21470 effect outside them.
21472 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21473 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21474 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21475 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21476 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21477 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21478 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21479 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21480 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21482 \\{python-mode-map}
21484 \(fn)" t nil)
21486 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21487 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21488 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21489 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21491 \(fn)" t nil)
21493 ;;;***
21495 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21496 ;;;;;; (17408 8260))
21497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21499 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21500 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21501 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21502 coding-system.
21504 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21505 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21507 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21508 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21509 them into characters should be done separately.
21511 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21513 ;;;***
21515 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21516 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21517 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21518 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21519 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17806 44350))
21520 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21522 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21523 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21525 \(fn)" nil nil)
21527 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21528 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21529 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21531 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21532 `quail-activate', which see.
21534 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21536 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21537 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21538 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21539 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21540 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21541 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21542 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21544 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21545 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21546 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21547 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21548 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21549 shown.
21550 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21552 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21553 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21554 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21555 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21556 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21557 list of candidates.
21559 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21560 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21561 command to be called.
21563 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21564 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21565 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21566 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21568 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21569 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21570 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21571 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21572 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21573 to t.
21575 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21576 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21577 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21578 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21580 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21581 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21582 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21583 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21585 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21586 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21587 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21588 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21589 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21590 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21592 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21593 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21594 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21595 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21596 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21597 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21599 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21600 covers Quail translation region.
21602 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21603 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21604 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21605 for it) is inserted.
21607 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21608 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21609 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21611 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21612 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21613 non-Quail commands.
21615 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21617 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21618 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21620 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21621 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21622 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21623 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21624 you type is correctly handled.
21626 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21628 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21629 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21631 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21632 keyboard type.
21634 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21636 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21637 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21638 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21639 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21640 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21641 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21642 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21643 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21644 for the translation.
21645 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21647 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21648 it is used to handle KEY.
21650 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21651 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21652 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21653 the following annotation types are supported.
21655 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21656 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21658 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21659 candidate list.
21661 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21662 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21663 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21664 inserted.
21666 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21667 generated for the following translations.
21669 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21671 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21672 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21674 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21675 which to install MAP.
21677 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21679 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21681 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21682 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21684 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21685 which to install MAP.
21687 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21689 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21691 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21692 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21693 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21694 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21695 a function, or a cons.
21696 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21697 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21698 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21699 for the translation.
21700 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21701 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21702 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21703 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21704 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21706 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21707 it is used to handle KEY.
21709 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21710 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21711 current Quail package.
21713 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21714 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21716 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21718 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21719 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21721 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21722 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21724 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21726 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21727 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21729 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21731 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21732 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21733 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21734 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21735 of the Emacs source tree.
21737 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21738 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21740 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21741 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21742 of each directory.
21744 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21746 ;;;***
21748 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21749 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21750 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17398
21751 ;;;;;; 63779))
21752 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21754 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21755 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21756 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21757 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21759 To make use of this do something like:
21761 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21763 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21765 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21766 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21768 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21769 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21770 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21772 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21774 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21775 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21777 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21779 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21780 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21782 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21783 is decided.
21785 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21787 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21788 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21790 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21791 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21792 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21794 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21796 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21797 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21799 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21801 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21802 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21804 \(fn)" t nil)
21806 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21807 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21809 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21811 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21813 \(fn)" t nil)
21815 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21816 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21818 \(fn)" t nil)
21820 ;;;***
21822 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21823 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17806 44352))
21824 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21826 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21827 Connect to IRC.
21828 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21830 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21832 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21834 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21835 Not documented
21837 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21839 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21840 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21841 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21843 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21844 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21846 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21848 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21849 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21853 ;;;***
21855 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17806
21856 ;;;;;; 44352))
21857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21859 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21860 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21861 See \\[compile].
21863 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21865 ;;;***
21867 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21868 ;;;;;; (17753 42783))
21869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21871 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21873 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21874 Construct a regexp interactively.
21876 \(fn)" t nil)
21878 ;;;***
21880 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17723 17910))
21881 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21883 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21884 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21885 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21886 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21887 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21888 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21890 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21892 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21893 Toggle recentf mode.
21894 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21895 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21897 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21898 that were operated on recently.
21900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21902 ;;;***
21904 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21905 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21906 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21907 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17640
21908 ;;;;;; 8859))
21909 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21911 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21912 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21913 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21914 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21916 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21918 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21920 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21921 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21922 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21923 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21924 ends.
21926 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21927 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21928 to be deleted.
21930 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21932 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21933 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21934 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21936 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21937 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21938 deleted.
21940 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21942 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21943 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21944 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21946 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21948 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21949 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21951 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21952 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21954 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21955 deleted.
21957 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21958 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21959 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21960 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21961 even beep.)
21963 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21965 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21966 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21968 \(fn)" t nil)
21970 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21971 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21972 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21973 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21974 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21975 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21976 and point is at the lower right corner.
21978 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21980 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21981 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21983 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21984 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21986 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21987 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21988 on the right side of the rectangle.
21990 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21992 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21994 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21995 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21996 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21997 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21998 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22000 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22001 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22003 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22005 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22006 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22007 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22009 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22011 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22013 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22015 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22016 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22018 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22019 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22020 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22022 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22024 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22025 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22026 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22028 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22029 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22030 rectangle which were empty.
22032 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22034 ;;;***
22036 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17806
22037 ;;;;;; 44354))
22038 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22040 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22041 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22042 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22044 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22045 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22046 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22050 ;;;***
22052 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22053 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17408 8262))
22054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22056 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22057 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22059 \(fn)" nil nil)
22061 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22062 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22064 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22065 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22067 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22068 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22069 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22070 \\ref macro.
22072 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22073 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22074 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22076 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22077 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22078 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22080 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22081 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22083 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22084 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22086 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22087 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22088 on the menu bar.
22090 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22094 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22095 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22096 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22098 \(fn)" nil nil)
22100 ;;;***
22102 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22103 ;;;;;; (17806 44355))
22104 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22106 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22107 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22108 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22109 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22110 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22111 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22113 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22115 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22117 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22118 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22119 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22120 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22121 `reftex-cite-format'.
22123 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22124 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22125 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22126 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22128 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22130 ;;;***
22132 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22133 ;;;;;; (17806 44355))
22134 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22136 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22137 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22138 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22139 the current TeX document.
22141 With no argument, this command toggles
22142 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22143 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22147 ;;;***
22149 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22150 ;;;;;; (17806 44355))
22151 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22153 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22154 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22155 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22157 To insert new phrases, use
22158 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22159 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22161 To index phrases use one of:
22163 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22164 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22165 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22166 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22167 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22169 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22170 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22172 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22174 Here are all local bindings.
22176 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22178 \(fn)" t nil)
22180 ;;;***
22182 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22183 ;;;;;; (17806 44355))
22184 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22186 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22187 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22188 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22189 of master file.
22191 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22193 ;;;***
22195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17806
22196 ;;;;;; 44356))
22197 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22198 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22199 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22200 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22201 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22203 ;;;***
22205 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22206 ;;;;;; (17806 44346))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22209 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22210 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22211 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22212 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22213 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22214 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22216 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22217 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22219 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22220 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22222 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22224 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22225 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22226 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22227 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22229 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22231 ;;;***
22233 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17806 44344))
22234 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22236 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22237 Repeat most recently executed command.
22238 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22239 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22240 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22242 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22243 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22244 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22246 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22248 ;;;***
22250 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22251 ;;;;;; (17806 44351))
22252 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22254 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22255 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22257 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22258 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22259 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22260 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22261 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22262 and point is left after the salutation.
22264 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22265 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22266 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22267 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22268 left after that text.
22270 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22271 is non-nil.
22273 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22274 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22275 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22276 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22278 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22280 ;;;***
22282 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22283 ;;;;;; (17806 44344))
22284 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22286 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22287 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22288 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22289 visibility of comments that precede it.
22290 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22291 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22292 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22293 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22294 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22295 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22296 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22297 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22298 the comment lines.
22299 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22300 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22301 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22302 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22303 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22306 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22308 ;;;***
22310 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17806
22311 ;;;;;; 44344))
22312 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22314 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22315 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22317 \(fn)" nil nil)
22319 ;;;***
22321 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22322 ;;;;;; (17501 10769))
22323 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22325 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22326 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22327 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22329 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22330 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22331 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22335 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22336 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22337 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22339 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22340 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22342 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22344 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22345 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22346 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22348 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22349 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22350 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22354 ;;;***
22356 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22357 ;;;;;; (17806 44346))
22358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22360 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22361 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22363 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22365 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22366 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22368 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22370 ;;;***
22372 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17806 44352))
22373 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22374 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22376 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22377 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22378 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22379 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22381 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22383 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22384 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22385 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22386 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22388 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22389 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22391 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22392 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22394 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22395 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22396 INPUT-ARGS.
22398 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22399 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22400 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22401 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22402 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22404 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22405 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22406 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22407 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22409 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22410 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22411 variable.
22413 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22415 ;;;***
22417 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22418 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22419 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22420 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22421 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22422 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22423 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17741
22424 ;;;;;; 47158))
22425 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22427 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22428 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22429 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22431 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22433 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22434 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22435 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22436 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22438 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22440 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22441 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22442 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22443 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22444 value is the user's email address and name.)
22445 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22447 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22448 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22449 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22450 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22451 which normally happens once for each message,
22452 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22453 To make a change in this variable take effect
22454 for a message that you have already viewed,
22455 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22457 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22459 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22460 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22461 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22462 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22464 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22466 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22467 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22469 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22471 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22472 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22473 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22474 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22476 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22478 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22479 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22481 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22483 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22484 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22486 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22488 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22489 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22490 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22491 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22492 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22494 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22496 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22497 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22498 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22499 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22501 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22503 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22504 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22506 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22508 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22509 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22511 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22513 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22514 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22516 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22518 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22519 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22521 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22522 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22524 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22525 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22527 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22529 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22530 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22532 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22533 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22534 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22535 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22537 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22538 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22540 This is set to nil by default.")
22542 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22543 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22544 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22545 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22546 until a user explicitly requires it.
22548 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22549 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22550 in your session.")
22552 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22554 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22555 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22556 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22557 It is called with no argument.")
22559 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22560 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22561 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22562 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22563 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22564 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22565 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22567 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22568 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22569 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22570 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22571 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22572 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22574 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22575 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22576 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22577 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22578 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22580 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22581 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22582 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22583 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22584 MSG is the message number,
22585 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22586 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22588 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22589 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22590 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22591 this feature is required with `require'.
22593 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22594 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22596 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22597 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22598 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22599 the message is decoded as normal way.
22601 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22602 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22603 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22605 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22606 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22607 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22609 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22610 Read and edit incoming mail.
22611 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22612 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22613 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22615 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22616 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22617 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22618 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22620 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22622 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22624 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22625 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22626 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22627 Instead, these commands are available:
22629 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22630 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22631 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22632 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22633 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22634 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22635 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22636 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22637 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22638 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22639 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22640 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22641 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22642 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22643 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22644 till a deleted message is found.
22645 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22646 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22647 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22648 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22649 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22650 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22651 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22652 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22653 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22654 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22655 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22656 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22657 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22658 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22659 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22660 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22661 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22662 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22663 (label defaults to last one specified).
22664 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22665 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22666 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22667 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22668 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22669 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22670 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22671 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22672 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22674 \(fn)" t nil)
22676 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22677 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22679 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22681 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22682 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22684 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22686 ;;;***
22688 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22689 ;;;;;; (17398 63778))
22690 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22692 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22693 Edit the contents of this message.
22695 \(fn)" t nil)
22697 ;;;***
22699 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22700 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22701 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17398 63778))
22702 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22704 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22705 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22706 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22708 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22710 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22711 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22712 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22714 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22716 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22717 Not documented
22719 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22721 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22722 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22723 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22724 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22725 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22727 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22729 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22730 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22731 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22732 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22733 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22735 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22737 ;;;***
22739 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22740 ;;;;;; (17806 44351))
22741 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22743 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22744 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22745 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22746 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22748 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22750 ;;;***
22752 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22753 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22754 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17753 42784))
22755 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22757 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22758 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22759 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22760 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22761 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22762 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22763 a file name as a string.")
22765 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22767 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22768 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22769 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22770 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22771 buffer visiting that file.
22772 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22773 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22775 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22776 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22778 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22779 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22781 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22782 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22784 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22786 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22787 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22789 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22791 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22792 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22793 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22794 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22795 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22797 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22798 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22799 will be appended with their original headers.
22801 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22802 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22804 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22805 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22807 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22809 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22811 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22812 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22813 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22815 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22817 ;;;***
22819 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22820 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22821 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17398
22822 ;;;;;; 63778))
22823 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22825 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22826 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22827 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22829 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22831 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22832 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22833 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22835 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22837 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22838 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22839 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22841 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22843 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22844 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22845 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22847 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22849 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22850 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22851 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22853 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22855 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22856 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22857 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22859 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22861 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22862 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22863 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22864 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22866 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22868 ;;;***
22870 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22871 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22872 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22873 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22874 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17501 10773))
22875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22877 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22878 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22880 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22882 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22883 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22885 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22887 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22888 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22890 \(fn)" t nil)
22892 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22893 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22894 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22896 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22898 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22899 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22900 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22901 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22902 only look in the To and From fields.
22903 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22905 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22907 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22908 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22909 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22910 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22911 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22913 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22915 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22916 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22917 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22918 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22919 look in the whole message.
22920 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22922 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22924 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22925 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22926 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22928 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22930 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22931 *Function to decode summary-line.
22933 By default, `identity' is set.")
22935 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
22937 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22938 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22939 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22940 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22941 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22942 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22943 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22945 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22946 sent by you under different user names.
22947 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22949 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22951 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
22953 ;;;***
22955 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22956 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17806 44344))
22957 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22959 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22960 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22962 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22964 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22965 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
22967 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22969 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22970 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22972 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22974 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22975 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
22976 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22978 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22979 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22980 in ROT13.
22982 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22984 \(fn)" t nil)
22986 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22987 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
22989 \(fn)" t nil)
22991 ;;;***
22993 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17753
22994 ;;;;;; 42782))
22995 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22997 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22998 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23002 ;;;***
23004 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17418
23005 ;;;;;; 45027))
23006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23008 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23009 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23010 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23011 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23013 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23015 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23016 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23017 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23018 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23020 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23021 notation.
23023 STRING
23024 matches string STRING literally.
23026 CHAR
23027 matches character CHAR literally.
23029 `not-newline', `nonl'
23030 matches any character except a newline.
23032 `anything'
23033 matches any character
23035 `(any SET ...)'
23036 `(in SET ...)'
23037 `(char SET ...)'
23038 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23039 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23040 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23042 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23043 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23044 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23045 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23047 `(not (any SET ...))'
23048 matches any character not in SET ...
23050 `line-start', `bol'
23051 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23052 in the text being matched
23054 `line-end', `eol'
23055 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23057 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23058 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23059 string being matched against.
23061 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23062 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23063 string being matched against.
23065 `buffer-start'
23066 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23067 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23069 `buffer-end'
23070 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23071 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23073 `point'
23074 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23076 `word-start', `bow'
23077 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23078 word.
23080 `word-end', `eow'
23081 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23083 `word-boundary'
23084 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23085 word.
23087 `(not word-boundary)'
23088 `not-word-boundary'
23089 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23090 word.
23092 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23093 matches 0 through 9.
23095 `control', `cntrl'
23096 matches ASCII control characters.
23098 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23099 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23101 `blank'
23102 matches space and tab only.
23104 `graphic', `graph'
23105 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23106 space, and DEL.
23108 `printing', `print'
23109 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23110 and DEL.
23112 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23113 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23114 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23116 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23117 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23118 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23120 `ascii'
23121 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23123 `nonascii'
23124 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23126 `lower', `lower-case'
23127 matches anything lower-case.
23129 `upper', `upper-case'
23130 matches anything upper-case.
23132 `punctuation', `punct'
23133 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23134 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23136 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23137 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23139 `word', `wordchar'
23140 matches anything that has word syntax.
23142 `not-wordchar'
23143 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23145 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23146 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23147 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23148 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23150 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23151 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23152 `word' (\\sw)
23153 `symbol' (\\s_)
23154 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23155 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23156 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23157 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23158 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23159 `escape' (\\s\\)
23160 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23161 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23162 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23163 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23164 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23166 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23167 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23169 `(category CATEGORY)'
23170 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23171 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23173 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23174 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23175 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23176 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23177 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23178 `symbol' (\\c5)
23179 `digit' (\\c6)
23180 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23181 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23182 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23183 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23184 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23185 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23186 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23187 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23188 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23189 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23190 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23191 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23192 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23193 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23194 `ascii' (\\ca)
23195 `arabic' (\\cb)
23196 `chinese' (\\cc)
23197 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23198 `greek' (\\cg)
23199 `korean' (\\ch)
23200 `indian' (\\ci)
23201 `japanese' (\\cj)
23202 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23203 `latin' (\\cl)
23204 `lao' (\\co)
23205 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23206 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23207 `thai' (\\ct)
23208 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23209 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23210 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23211 `can-break' (\\c|)
23213 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23214 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23216 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23217 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23218 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23219 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23220 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23222 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23223 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23224 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23225 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23227 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23228 another name for `submatch'.
23230 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23231 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23232 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23233 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23234 regular expression.
23236 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23237 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23238 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23239 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23240 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23242 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23243 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23245 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23246 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23248 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23249 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23250 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23252 `(* SEXP ...)'
23253 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23254 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23256 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23257 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23258 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23260 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23261 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23262 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23264 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23265 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23267 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23268 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23270 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23271 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23272 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23273 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23275 `(? SEXP ...)'
23276 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23278 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23279 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23281 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23282 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23283 matches N occurrences.
23285 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23286 matches N or more occurrences.
23288 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23289 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23290 matches N to M occurrences.
23292 `(backref N)'
23293 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23295 `(backref N)'
23296 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23298 `(backref N)'
23299 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23301 `(eval FORM)'
23302 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23303 `regexp-quote' it.
23305 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23306 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23308 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23310 ;;;***
23312 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23313 ;;;;;; (17501 10769))
23314 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23316 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23317 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23318 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23319 interface.")
23321 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23323 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23324 Toggle savehist-mode.
23325 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23326 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23327 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23328 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23330 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23331 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23332 which is probably undesirable.
23334 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23336 ;;;***
23338 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23339 ;;;;;; (17398 63783))
23340 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23342 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23343 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23344 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23346 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23347 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23348 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23349 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23350 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23351 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23352 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23353 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23355 Commands:
23356 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23357 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23358 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23359 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23360 if that value is non-nil.
23362 \(fn)" t nil)
23364 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23365 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23366 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23368 Commands:
23369 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23370 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23371 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23372 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23373 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23374 that variable's value is a string.
23376 \(fn)" t nil)
23378 ;;;***
23380 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23381 ;;;;;; (17398 63777))
23382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23384 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23385 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23386 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23388 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23390 \(fn)" t nil)
23392 ;;;***
23394 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23395 ;;;;;; (17806 44344))
23396 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23398 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23399 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23400 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23403 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23405 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23407 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23408 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23409 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23410 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23411 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23415 ;;;***
23417 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23418 ;;;;;; (17398 63769))
23419 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23421 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23422 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23423 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23424 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23425 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23426 during scrolling.
23428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23430 ;;;***
23432 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23433 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23434 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23435 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23436 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23437 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23438 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23439 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23440 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17723 17913))
23441 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23443 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23444 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23446 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23447 king@grassland.com
23448 If `parens', they look like:
23449 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23450 If `angles', they look like:
23451 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23452 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23453 derived from the envelope-from address.
23455 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23456 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23457 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23458 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23460 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23462 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23463 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23464 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23465 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23467 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23468 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23469 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23470 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23472 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23474 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23475 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23476 This is done when the message is initialized,
23477 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23479 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23481 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23482 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23483 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23485 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23487 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23489 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23490 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23491 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23492 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23493 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23494 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23495 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23497 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23499 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23500 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23502 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23504 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23505 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23506 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23508 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23510 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23511 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23512 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23513 when you first send mail.")
23515 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23517 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23518 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23519 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23520 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23521 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23523 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23525 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23526 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23527 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23528 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23529 This file need not actually exist.")
23531 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23533 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23534 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23535 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23537 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23539 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23540 Alist of mail address aliases,
23541 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23542 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23543 can specify a different file name.)
23544 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23545 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23547 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23548 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23549 nil means use indentation.")
23551 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23553 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23554 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23555 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23557 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23559 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23560 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23561 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23562 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23563 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23564 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23565 in the cited portion of the message.
23567 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23568 instead of no action.")
23570 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23572 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23573 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23574 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23575 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23576 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23578 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23580 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23581 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23582 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23583 If a string, that string is inserted.
23584 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23585 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23586 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23587 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23589 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23591 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23592 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23594 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23596 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23597 Directory for mail buffers.
23598 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23599 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23601 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23603 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23604 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23605 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23606 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23608 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23610 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23611 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23612 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23613 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23614 is non-nil.")
23616 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23618 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23619 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23620 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23621 `query' means ask the user each time.
23622 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23623 The default is `mime'.
23624 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23625 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23627 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23629 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23630 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23631 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23633 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23634 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23636 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23637 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23638 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23639 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23640 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23641 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23642 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23643 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23644 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23645 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23646 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23647 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23648 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23650 \(fn)" t nil)
23652 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23653 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23655 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23656 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23658 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23660 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23661 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23662 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23663 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23664 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23665 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23667 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23668 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23669 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23671 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23672 User should not set this variable manually,
23673 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23674 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23675 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23676 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23678 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23679 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23680 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23681 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23683 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23684 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23686 \\<mail-mode-map>
23687 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23689 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23690 to move to message header fields:
23691 \\{mail-mode-map}
23693 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23694 when the message is initialized.
23696 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23697 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23699 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23700 is inserted.
23702 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23703 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23705 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23706 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23707 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23708 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23709 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23710 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23711 buffer without erasing the contents.
23713 The second through fifth arguments,
23714 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23715 the initial contents of those header fields.
23716 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23717 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23718 original message being replied to, or else an action
23719 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23720 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23721 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23722 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23723 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23724 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23726 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23728 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23729 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23731 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23733 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23734 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23736 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23738 ;;;***
23740 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23741 ;;;;;; (17806 44344))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23744 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23745 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23746 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23747 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23748 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23749 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23751 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23753 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23755 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23756 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23757 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23759 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23760 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23762 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23764 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23765 Toggle Server mode.
23766 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23767 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23768 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23772 ;;;***
23774 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17753 42782))
23775 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23777 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23778 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23779 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23781 Key definitions:
23782 \\{ses-mode-map}
23783 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23784 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23785 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23786 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23788 \(fn)" t nil)
23790 ;;;***
23792 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23793 ;;;;;; (17806 44356))
23794 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23796 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23797 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23798 Makes > match <.
23799 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23800 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23802 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23803 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23804 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23806 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23807 in your `.emacs' file.
23809 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23811 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23812 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23813 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23815 \(fn)" t nil)
23817 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23819 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23820 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23821 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23822 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23823 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23824 which this is based.
23826 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23828 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23829 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23830 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23831 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23833 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23834 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23835 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23837 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23838 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23839 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23840 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23842 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23843 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23844 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23845 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23847 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23849 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23850 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23851 To work around that, do:
23852 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23854 \\{html-mode-map}
23856 \(fn)" t nil)
23858 ;;;***
23860 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23861 ;;;;;; (17806 44353))
23862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23863 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23865 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23866 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23867 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23868 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23869 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23870 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23872 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23873 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23874 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23875 shell-specific features.
23877 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23878 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23879 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23880 \\<sh-mode-map>
23881 \\[sh-case] case statement
23882 \\[sh-for] for loop
23883 \\[sh-function] function definition
23884 \\[sh-if] if statement
23885 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23886 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23887 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23888 \\[sh-select] select loop
23889 \\[sh-until] until loop
23890 \\[sh-while] while loop
23892 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23893 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23894 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23895 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23896 would indent to the way it currently is.
23897 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23898 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23901 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23902 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23903 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23904 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23905 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23906 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23908 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23909 {, (, [, ', \", `
23910 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23912 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23913 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23914 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23916 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23917 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23919 \(fn)" t nil)
23921 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23923 ;;;***
23925 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17398 63777))
23926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23928 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23929 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23930 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23931 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23932 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23933 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23935 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23937 ;;;***
23939 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23940 ;;;;;; (17806 44346))
23941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23943 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23944 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23946 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23947 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23948 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23949 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23950 the earlier.
23952 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23954 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23956 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23957 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23958 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23960 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
23961 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
23963 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23964 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23965 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
23966 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23967 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
23968 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23969 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23970 Emacs version).
23972 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23973 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23974 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23975 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23976 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23978 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23979 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23980 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23982 \(fn)" t nil)
23984 ;;;***
23986 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23987 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17753
23988 ;;;;;; 42782))
23989 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23991 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23992 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23993 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23994 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23995 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23996 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23997 in the cluster.
23999 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24001 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24002 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24003 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24004 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24005 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24007 \(fn)" t nil)
24009 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24010 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24011 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24012 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24013 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24014 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24015 `shadow-define-cluster').
24017 \(fn)" t nil)
24019 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24020 Set up file shadowing.
24022 \(fn)" t nil)
24024 ;;;***
24026 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24027 ;;;;;; (17806 44345))
24028 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24030 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24031 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24032 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24033 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24034 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24035 arguments.")
24037 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24039 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24040 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24041 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24042 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24043 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24044 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24045 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24046 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24047 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24048 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24049 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24050 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24051 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24052 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24054 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24055 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24056 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24057 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24058 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24059 `default-process-coding-system'.
24061 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24062 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24063 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24064 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24066 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24068 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24069 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24071 ;;;***
24073 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24074 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17398 63777))
24075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24077 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24078 Not documented
24080 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24082 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24083 Not documented
24085 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24087 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24088 Not documented
24090 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24092 ;;;***
24094 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24095 ;;;;;; (17398 63777))
24096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24098 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24099 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24100 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24101 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24102 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24104 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24106 \(fn)" t nil)
24108 ;;;***
24110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17823 26720))
24111 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24112 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24114 ;;;***
24116 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17806
24117 ;;;;;; 44353))
24118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24120 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24121 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24122 \\{simula-mode-map}
24123 Variables controlling indentation style:
24124 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24125 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24126 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24127 `simula-indent-level'
24128 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24129 `simula-substatement-offset'
24130 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24131 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24132 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24133 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24134 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24135 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24136 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24137 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24138 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24139 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24140 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24141 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24142 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24143 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24144 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24145 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24146 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24147 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24148 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24149 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24150 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24151 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24152 or nil if they should not be changed.
24153 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24154 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24155 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24156 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24158 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24159 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24161 \(fn)" t nil)
24163 ;;;***
24165 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24166 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17806 44345))
24167 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24169 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24170 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24172 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24173 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24174 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24175 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24177 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24179 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24180 Insert SKELETON.
24181 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24182 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24183 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24184 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24185 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24187 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24188 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24190 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24192 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24193 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24195 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24196 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24197 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24198 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24200 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24201 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24202 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24203 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24205 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24206 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24207 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24209 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24210 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24212 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24213 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24215 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24216 _ interesting point, interregion here
24217 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24218 interesting point set by _
24219 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24220 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24221 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24222 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24223 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24224 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24225 nil skipped
24227 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24228 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24230 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24231 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24232 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24233 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24234 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24235 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24236 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24237 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24239 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24240 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24241 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24242 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24243 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24244 available:
24246 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24247 then: insert previously read string once more
24248 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24249 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24250 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24252 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24253 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24255 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24257 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24258 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24260 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24261 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24262 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24263 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24264 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24265 such as backslash.
24267 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24268 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24269 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24271 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24273 ;;;***
24275 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24276 ;;;;;; (17501 10770))
24277 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24279 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24280 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24281 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24282 buffer names.
24284 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24286 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24287 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24288 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24292 ;;;***
24294 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24295 ;;;;;; (17501 10772))
24296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24298 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24299 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24300 A list of images is returned.
24302 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24304 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24305 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24306 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24308 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24310 ;;;***
24312 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24313 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17806 44351))
24314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24316 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24317 Not documented
24319 \(fn)" nil nil)
24321 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24322 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24324 \(fn)" t nil)
24326 ;;;***
24328 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17806 44352))
24329 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24331 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24332 Play the Snake game.
24333 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24335 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24337 Snake mode keybindings:
24338 \\<snake-mode-map>
24339 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24340 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24341 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24342 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24343 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24344 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24345 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24347 \(fn)" t nil)
24349 ;;;***
24351 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24352 ;;;;;; (17806 44352))
24353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24355 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24356 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24357 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24358 Tab indents for C code.
24359 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24360 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24361 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24362 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24363 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24365 \(fn)" t nil)
24367 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24368 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24369 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24370 Tab indents for C code.
24371 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24372 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24373 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24374 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24375 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24377 \(fn)" t nil)
24379 ;;;***
24381 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24382 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24383 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17398 63772))
24384 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24386 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24387 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24389 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24390 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24391 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24393 For example, the form
24395 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24396 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24398 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24400 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24402 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24403 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24405 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24406 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24407 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24408 York City.
24410 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24412 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24414 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24415 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24417 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24418 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24419 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24420 York City.
24422 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24424 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24426 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24427 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24428 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24429 pair.
24431 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24433 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24435 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24436 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24437 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24439 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24440 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24442 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24446 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24447 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24448 Requires floating point.
24450 \(fn)" nil nil)
24452 ;;;***
24454 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17806
24455 ;;;;;; 44352))
24456 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24458 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24459 Play Solitaire.
24461 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24462 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24463 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24464 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24465 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24466 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24467 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24468 check after each move or undo)
24470 What is Solitaire?
24472 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24473 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24474 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24476 Le Solitaire
24477 ============
24479 o o o
24481 o o o
24483 o o o o o o o
24485 o o o . o o o
24487 o o o o o o o
24489 o o o
24491 o o o
24493 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24494 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24495 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24496 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24498 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24499 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24500 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24501 this: o o .
24503 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24504 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24506 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24508 o o o
24510 . o o
24512 o o . o o o o
24514 o . o o o o o
24516 o o o o o o o
24518 o o o
24520 o o o
24522 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24524 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24526 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24528 ;;;***
24530 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24531 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24532 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17806 44345))
24533 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24535 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24536 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24538 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24539 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24540 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24541 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24542 contiguous.
24544 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24545 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24546 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24547 the sort order.
24549 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24550 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24552 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24553 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24554 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24555 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24556 is called.
24558 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24559 It should move point to the end of the record.
24561 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24562 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24563 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24564 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24565 starts at the beginning of the record.
24567 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24568 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24569 same as ENDRECFUN.
24571 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24572 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24574 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24576 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24577 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24578 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24579 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24580 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24581 the sort order.
24583 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24585 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24586 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24587 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24588 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24589 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24590 the sort order.
24592 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24594 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24595 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24596 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24597 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24598 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24599 the sort order.
24601 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24603 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24604 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24605 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24606 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24607 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24608 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24609 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24610 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24611 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24613 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24615 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24616 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24617 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24618 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24619 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24620 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24621 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24622 the sort order.
24624 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24626 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24627 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24628 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24629 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24630 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24631 is to be used for sorting.
24632 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24633 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24634 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24635 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24636 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24638 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24640 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24641 the sort order.
24643 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24644 starting with the letter \"f\",
24645 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24647 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24649 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24650 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24651 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24652 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24653 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24654 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24655 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24656 the sort order.
24658 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24659 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24660 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24661 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24662 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24664 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24666 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24667 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24668 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24670 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24672 ;;;***
24674 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17822
24675 ;;;;;; 38986))
24676 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24678 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24679 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24681 \(fn)" t nil)
24683 ;;;***
24685 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24686 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24687 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17398 63777))
24688 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24690 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24691 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24693 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24694 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24695 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24697 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24699 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24700 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24701 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24702 server.
24704 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24706 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24707 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24708 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24710 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24712 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24713 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24714 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24715 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24716 Agent is plugged.
24718 \(fn)" t nil)
24720 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24721 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24722 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24723 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24725 \(fn)" t nil)
24727 ;;;***
24729 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24730 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17806 44345))
24731 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24733 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24735 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24736 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24737 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24738 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24739 supported at a time.
24740 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24741 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24745 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24746 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24747 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24748 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24750 \(fn)" t nil)
24752 ;;;***
24754 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24755 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17806 44356))
24756 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24758 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24760 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24761 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24762 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24763 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24764 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24765 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24767 \(fn)" t nil)
24769 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24770 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24771 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24772 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24774 \(fn)" t nil)
24776 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24777 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24778 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24779 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24780 for example, \"word\".
24782 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24784 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24785 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24787 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24789 ;;;***
24791 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17806
24792 ;;;;;; 44352))
24793 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24795 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24796 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24798 \(fn)" t nil)
24800 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24801 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24803 \(fn)" nil nil)
24805 ;;;***
24807 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24808 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24809 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24810 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17809
24811 ;;;;;; 2158))
24812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24814 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24815 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24817 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24818 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24819 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24820 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24821 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24822 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24823 of the current highlighting list.
24825 For example:
24827 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24828 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24830 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24831 `_t' as data types.
24833 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24835 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24836 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24838 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24839 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24841 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24843 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24844 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24845 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24847 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24849 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24850 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24851 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24852 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24853 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24854 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24855 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24856 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24857 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24859 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24861 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24862 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24863 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24864 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24866 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24867 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24868 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24869 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24871 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24872 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24873 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24875 \(fn)" t nil)
24877 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24878 Major mode to edit SQL.
24880 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24881 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24882 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24884 \\{sql-mode-map}
24885 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24887 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24888 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24889 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24890 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24891 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24892 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24894 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24895 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24897 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24898 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24899 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24901 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24902 (lambda ()
24903 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24905 \(fn)" t nil)
24907 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24908 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24910 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24911 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24912 `*SQL*'.
24914 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24916 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24918 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24919 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24921 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24922 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24923 `*SQL*'.
24925 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24926 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24927 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24928 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24930 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24931 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24933 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24934 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24935 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24936 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24937 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24938 `default-process-coding-system'.
24940 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24942 \(fn)" t nil)
24944 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24945 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24947 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24948 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24949 `*SQL*'.
24951 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24952 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24953 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24954 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24956 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24957 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24959 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24960 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24961 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24962 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24963 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24964 `default-process-coding-system'.
24966 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24968 \(fn)" t nil)
24970 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24971 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24973 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24974 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24975 `*SQL*'.
24977 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24978 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24980 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24981 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24983 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24984 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24985 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24986 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24987 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24988 `default-process-coding-system'.
24990 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24992 \(fn)" t nil)
24994 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24995 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24997 SQLite is free software.
24999 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25000 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25001 `*SQL*'.
25003 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25004 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25005 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25006 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25008 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25009 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25011 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25012 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25013 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25014 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25015 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25016 `default-process-coding-system'.
25018 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25020 \(fn)" t nil)
25022 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25023 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25025 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25027 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25028 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25029 `*SQL*'.
25031 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25032 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25033 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25034 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25036 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25037 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25039 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25040 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25041 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25042 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25043 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25044 `default-process-coding-system'.
25046 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25048 \(fn)" t nil)
25050 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25051 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25053 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25054 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25055 `*SQL*'.
25057 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25058 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25059 defaults, if set.
25061 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25062 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25064 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25065 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25066 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25067 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25068 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25069 `default-process-coding-system'.
25071 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25073 \(fn)" t nil)
25075 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25076 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25078 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25079 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25080 `*SQL*'.
25082 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25083 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25085 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25086 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25088 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25089 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25090 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25091 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25092 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25093 `default-process-coding-system'.
25095 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25097 \(fn)" t nil)
25099 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25100 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25102 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25103 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25104 `*SQL*'.
25106 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25107 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25108 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25109 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25111 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25112 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25114 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25115 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25116 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25117 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25118 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25119 `default-process-coding-system'.
25121 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25123 \(fn)" t nil)
25125 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25126 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25128 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25129 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25130 `*SQL*'.
25132 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25133 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25134 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25135 `sql-postgres-options'.
25137 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25138 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25140 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25141 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25142 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25143 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25144 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25145 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25146 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25147 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25149 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25150 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25152 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25154 \(fn)" t nil)
25156 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25157 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25159 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25160 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25161 `*SQL*'.
25163 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25164 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25165 defaults, if set.
25167 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25168 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25170 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25171 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25172 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25173 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25174 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25175 `default-process-coding-system'.
25177 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25179 \(fn)" t nil)
25181 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25182 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25184 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25185 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25186 `*SQL*'.
25188 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25189 automatic login.
25191 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25192 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25194 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25195 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25196 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25197 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25199 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25200 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25201 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25202 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25203 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25204 `default-process-coding-system'.
25206 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25208 \(fn)" t nil)
25210 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25211 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25213 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25214 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25215 `*SQL*'.
25217 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25218 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25219 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25220 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25221 parameters.
25223 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25224 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25225 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25226 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25227 an empty password.
25229 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25230 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25232 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25234 \(fn)" t nil)
25236 ;;;***
25238 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25239 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25240 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25241 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25242 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17806
25243 ;;;;;; 44345))
25244 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25246 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25247 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25248 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25249 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25250 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25251 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25253 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25255 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25257 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25258 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25259 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25260 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25261 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25262 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25263 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25265 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25267 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25268 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25269 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25270 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25271 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25272 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25273 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25275 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25277 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25278 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25279 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25281 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25283 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25284 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25285 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25287 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25289 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25290 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25292 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25294 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25295 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25297 \(fn)" t nil)
25299 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25300 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25302 \(fn)" t nil)
25304 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25305 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25306 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25307 chronologically by command name.
25308 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25310 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25312 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25313 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25314 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25316 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25317 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25319 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25321 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25322 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25323 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25324 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25325 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25326 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25327 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25329 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25330 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25331 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25332 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25334 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25338 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25339 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25340 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25341 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25343 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25345 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25346 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25348 \(fn)" t nil)
25350 ;;;***
25352 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25353 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25354 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25356 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25357 Studlify-case the region.
25359 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25361 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25362 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25364 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25366 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25367 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25369 \(fn)" t nil)
25371 ;;;***
25373 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17822 38984))
25374 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25376 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25377 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25378 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25379 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25380 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25381 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25383 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25384 is used instead of `load-path'.
25386 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25387 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25388 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25390 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25392 ;;;***
25394 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25395 ;;;;;; (17806 44351))
25396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25398 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25399 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25400 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25401 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25402 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25403 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25404 original message but it does require a few things:
25406 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25408 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25409 reply buffer.
25411 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25412 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25413 original message.
25415 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25417 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25419 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25420 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25421 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25423 \(fn)" nil nil)
25425 ;;;***
25427 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17753 42782))
25428 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25430 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25431 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25432 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25435 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25437 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25439 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25440 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25441 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25443 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25447 ;;;***
25449 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17806 44345))
25450 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25452 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25453 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25454 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25455 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25456 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25458 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25460 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25461 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25462 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25463 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25464 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25465 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25466 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25470 ;;;***
25472 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25473 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25474 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25475 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25476 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25477 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25478 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25479 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25480 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25481 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25482 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25483 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25484 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17823 26720))
25485 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25487 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25488 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25489 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25491 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25493 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25494 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25496 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25498 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25499 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25501 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25503 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25504 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25506 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25508 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25509 Insert an editable text table.
25510 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25511 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25512 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25513 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25514 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25515 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25516 delimiting them.
25518 Examples:
25520 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25522 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25523 location of point.
25527 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25528 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25529 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25530 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25531 first cell.
25533 +-----+-----+-----+
25534 |-!- | | |
25535 +-----+-----+-----+
25537 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25539 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25540 width, which results as
25542 +--------------+-----+-----+
25543 |-!- | | |
25544 +--------------+-----+-----+
25546 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25547 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25549 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25550 | | |-!- |
25551 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25553 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25554 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25555 width information to `table-insert'.
25557 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25559 instead of
25561 Cell width(s): 5
25563 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25564 work all together.
25566 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25567 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25569 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25570 |-!- | | |
25571 | | | |
25572 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25574 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25576 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25577 |-!- | | |
25578 | | | |
25579 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25580 | | | |
25581 | | | |
25582 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25584 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25586 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25587 | | | |
25588 | | | |
25589 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25590 | | | |
25591 | | | |
25592 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25595 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25596 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25597 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25599 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25600 | | | |
25601 | | | |
25602 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25603 | | | |
25604 | | | |
25605 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25606 |-!- | | |
25607 | | | |
25608 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25610 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25611 results.
25613 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25614 | | | |
25615 | | | |
25616 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25617 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25618 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25619 | | |expected results.-!- |
25620 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25621 | | | |
25622 | | | |
25623 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25625 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25627 \\{table-cell-map}
25629 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25631 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25632 Insert N table row(s).
25633 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25634 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25635 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25636 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25638 \(fn N)" t nil)
25640 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25641 Insert N table column(s).
25642 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25643 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25644 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25645 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25647 \(fn N)" t nil)
25649 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25650 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25651 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25653 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25655 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25656 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25657 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25658 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25659 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25660 all the table specific features.
25662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25664 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25665 Not documented
25667 \(fn)" t nil)
25669 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25670 Recognize all tables within region.
25671 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25672 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25673 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25674 specific features.
25676 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25678 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25679 Not documented
25681 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25683 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25684 Recognize a table at point.
25685 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25686 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25687 the table specific features.
25689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25691 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25692 Not documented
25694 \(fn)" t nil)
25696 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25697 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25698 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25699 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25700 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25701 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25702 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25704 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25706 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25707 Not documented
25709 \(fn)" t nil)
25711 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25712 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25713 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25714 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25715 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25716 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25717 specified.
25719 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25721 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25722 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25723 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25724 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25725 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25726 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25727 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25728 table structure.
25730 \(fn N)" t nil)
25732 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25733 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25734 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25735 table's rectangle structure.
25737 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25739 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25740 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25741 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25742 table's rectangle structure.
25744 \(fn N)" t nil)
25746 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25747 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25748 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25749 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25750 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25752 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25754 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25755 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25756 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25758 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25759 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25760 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25761 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25762 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25763 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25764 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25766 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25767 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25768 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25769 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25770 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25771 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25772 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25774 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25775 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25776 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25777 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25778 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25779 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25780 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25781 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25783 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25785 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25786 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25787 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25788 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25792 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25793 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25794 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25796 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25798 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25799 Split current cell vertically.
25800 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25802 \(fn)" t nil)
25804 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25805 Split current cell horizontally.
25806 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25808 \(fn)" t nil)
25810 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25811 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25812 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25814 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25816 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25817 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25818 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25819 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25821 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25823 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25824 Justify cell contents.
25825 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25826 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25827 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25828 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25830 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25832 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25833 Justify cells of a row.
25834 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25835 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25837 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25839 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25840 Justify cells of a column.
25841 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25842 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25844 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25846 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25847 Toggle fixing width mode.
25848 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25849 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25850 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25854 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25855 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25856 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25857 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25858 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25859 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25860 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25861 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25862 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25863 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25864 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25866 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25868 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25869 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25870 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25871 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25872 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25873 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25874 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25875 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25876 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25877 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25878 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25879 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25880 untouched.
25882 References used for this implementation:
25884 HTML:
25885 http://www.w3.org
25887 LaTeX:
25888 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25890 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25891 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25892 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25894 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25896 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25897 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25898 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25899 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25900 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25901 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25902 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25903 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25904 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25905 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25906 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25907 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25908 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25909 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25910 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25911 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25912 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25914 Example:
25916 (progn
25917 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25918 (table-forward-cell 15)
25919 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25920 (table-forward-cell 16)
25921 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25922 (table-forward-cell 1)
25923 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25925 (progn
25926 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25927 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25928 (table-forward-cell 1)
25929 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25931 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25933 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25934 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25935 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25936 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25937 consists from cells of same height.
25939 \(fn N)" t nil)
25941 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25942 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25943 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25944 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25945 column must consists from cells of same width.
25947 \(fn N)" t nil)
25949 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25950 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25951 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25952 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25953 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25954 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25955 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25956 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25957 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25958 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25959 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25960 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25961 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25962 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25963 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25966 Example 1:
25968 1, 2, 3, 4
25969 5, 6, 7, 8
25970 , 9, 10
25972 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25973 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25974 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25975 specified as 5.
25977 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25978 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25979 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25980 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25981 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25982 | | 9 | 10 | |
25983 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25985 Note:
25987 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25988 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25989 of each row is optional.
25992 Example 2:
25994 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25995 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25996 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25997 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25998 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26000 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26001 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26003 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26004 expression and raw delimiter regular
26005 expression, it parses the specified text
26006 area and extracts cell items from
26007 non-table text and then forms a table out
26008 of them.
26010 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26011 creates a single cell table. The text in
26012 the specified region is placed in that
26013 cell.-*-
26015 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26016 like this.
26018 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26019 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26020 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26022 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26023 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26024 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26025 | area and extracts cell items from |
26026 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26027 | of them. |
26029 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26030 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26031 | the specified region is placed in that |
26032 | cell. |
26033 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26035 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26036 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26037 independently.
26039 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26040 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26041 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26042 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26043 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26044 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26045 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26046 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26047 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26048 | |of them. |
26049 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26050 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26051 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26052 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26053 | |cell. |
26054 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26056 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26057 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26058 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26060 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26062 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26063 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26064 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26065 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26066 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26068 \(fn)" t nil)
26070 ;;;***
26072 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17806 44345))
26073 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26075 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26076 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26078 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26080 ;;;***
26082 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17806 44345))
26083 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26085 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26086 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26087 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26088 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26089 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26090 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26091 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26093 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26094 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26095 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26096 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26098 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26099 \\{tar-mode-map}
26101 \(fn)" t nil)
26103 ;;;***
26105 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26106 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17501 10775))
26107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26109 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26110 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26111 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26112 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26113 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26114 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26116 Variables controlling indentation style:
26117 `tcl-indent-level'
26118 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26119 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26120 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26122 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26123 documentation for details):
26124 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26125 Controls action of TAB key.
26126 `tcl-auto-newline'
26127 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26128 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26129 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26130 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26131 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26133 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26134 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26135 already exist.
26137 Commands:
26138 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26140 \(fn)" t nil)
26142 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26143 Run inferior Tcl process.
26144 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26145 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26147 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26149 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26150 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26151 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26153 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26155 ;;;***
26157 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17806 44352))
26158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26159 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26161 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26162 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26163 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26164 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26166 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26167 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26168 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26169 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26170 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26172 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26173 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26175 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26176 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26177 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26178 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26180 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26182 ;;;***
26184 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17806
26185 ;;;;;; 44345))
26186 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26188 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26189 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26190 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26191 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26192 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26193 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26195 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26197 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26198 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26199 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26200 commands to use in that buffer.
26202 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26204 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26206 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26207 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26209 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26211 ;;;***
26213 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17806
26214 ;;;;;; 44345))
26215 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26217 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26218 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26219 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26220 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26221 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26222 program as keyboard input.
26224 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26225 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26226 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26227 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26229 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26230 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26231 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26232 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26233 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26235 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26237 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26238 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26239 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26240 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26242 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26243 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26244 subprocess started.
26246 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26248 ;;;***
26250 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26251 ;;;;;; (17398 63773))
26252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26254 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26255 Start coverage on function under point.
26257 \(fn)" t nil)
26259 ;;;***
26261 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17806 44352))
26262 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26264 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26265 Play the Tetris game.
26266 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26267 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26268 as to form complete rows.
26270 tetris-mode keybindings:
26271 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26272 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26273 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26274 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26275 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26276 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26277 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26278 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26279 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26281 \(fn)" t nil)
26283 ;;;***
26285 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26286 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26287 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26288 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26289 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26290 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26291 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26292 ;;;;;; (17806 44356))
26293 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26295 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26296 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26298 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26300 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26301 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26302 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26303 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26304 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26306 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26308 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26309 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26310 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26311 if it matches the first line of the file,
26312 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26314 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26316 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26317 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26318 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26319 if the variable is non-nil.")
26321 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26323 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26324 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26326 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26328 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26329 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26330 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26331 See the documentation of that variable.")
26333 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26335 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26336 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26337 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26338 See the documentation of that variable.")
26340 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26342 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26343 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26344 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26345 See the documentation of that variable.")
26347 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26349 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26350 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26351 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26352 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26353 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26355 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26357 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26358 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26359 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26360 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26362 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26364 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26365 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26366 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26368 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26370 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26371 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26372 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26373 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26375 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26377 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26378 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26379 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26380 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26382 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26384 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26385 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26386 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26387 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26389 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26390 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26391 for example,
26393 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26394 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26396 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26397 use.")
26399 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26401 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26402 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26403 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26404 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26405 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26407 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26409 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26411 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26412 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26413 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26415 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26417 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26418 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26419 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26420 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26421 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26423 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26425 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26426 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26428 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26430 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26431 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26433 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26435 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26436 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26437 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26438 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26439 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26440 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26441 says which mode to use.
26443 \(fn)" t nil)
26445 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26447 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26449 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26451 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26452 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26453 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26454 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26455 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26457 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26458 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26459 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26460 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26461 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26462 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26463 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26465 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26466 mismatched $'s or braces.
26468 Special commands:
26469 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26471 Mode variables:
26472 tex-run-command
26473 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26474 tex-directory
26475 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26476 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26477 tex-dvi-print-command
26478 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26479 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26480 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26481 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26482 tex-dvi-view-command
26483 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26484 tex-show-queue-command
26485 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26486 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26488 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26489 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26490 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26492 \(fn)" t nil)
26494 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26495 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26496 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26497 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26498 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26500 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26501 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26502 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26503 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26504 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26505 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26506 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26508 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26509 mismatched $'s or braces.
26511 Special commands:
26512 \\{latex-mode-map}
26514 Mode variables:
26515 latex-run-command
26516 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26517 tex-directory
26518 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26519 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26520 tex-dvi-print-command
26521 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26522 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26523 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26524 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26525 tex-dvi-view-command
26526 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26527 tex-show-queue-command
26528 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26529 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26531 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26532 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26533 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26535 \(fn)" t nil)
26537 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26538 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26539 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26540 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26541 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26543 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26544 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26545 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26546 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26547 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26548 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26549 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26551 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26552 mismatched $'s or braces.
26554 Special commands:
26555 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26557 Mode variables:
26558 slitex-run-command
26559 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26560 tex-directory
26561 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26562 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26563 tex-dvi-print-command
26564 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26565 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26566 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26567 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26568 tex-dvi-view-command
26569 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26570 tex-show-queue-command
26571 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26572 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26574 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26575 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26576 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26577 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26579 \(fn)" t nil)
26581 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26582 Not documented
26584 \(fn)" nil nil)
26586 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26587 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26589 \(fn)" t nil)
26591 ;;;***
26593 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26594 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17753 42787))
26595 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26597 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26598 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26599 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26600 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26602 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26603 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26604 Info-split to do these manually.
26606 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26608 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26609 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26610 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26611 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26612 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26614 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26616 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26617 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26618 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26619 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26621 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26622 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26623 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26624 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26626 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26627 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26629 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26631 ;;;***
26633 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26634 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17398 63784))
26635 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26637 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26638 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26640 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26642 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26643 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26645 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26647 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26648 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26650 It has these extra commands:
26651 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26653 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26654 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26655 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26656 modified version of TeX input format.
26658 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26659 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26660 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26661 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26663 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26664 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26665 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26666 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26667 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26668 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26669 in the Texinfo file.
26671 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26672 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26673 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26674 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26675 move forward past the closing brace.
26677 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26678 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26680 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26681 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26682 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26684 Here are the functions:
26686 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26687 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26688 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26690 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26691 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26692 texinfo-master-menu
26694 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26696 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26697 which menu descriptions are indented.
26699 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26700 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26701 in the region.
26703 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26704 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26705 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26706 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26708 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26709 be the first node in the file.
26711 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26712 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26714 \(fn)" t nil)
26716 ;;;***
26718 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26719 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26720 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26721 ;;;;;; (17806 44351))
26722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26724 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26725 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26726 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26727 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26729 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26731 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26732 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26734 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26736 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26737 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26739 \(fn)" t nil)
26741 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26742 Not documented
26744 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26746 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26747 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26748 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26749 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26750 to compose.
26752 The return value is number of composed characters.
26754 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26756 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26757 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26761 ;;;***
26763 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26764 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26765 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17806 44345))
26766 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26768 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26769 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26771 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26773 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26774 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26775 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26776 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26777 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26779 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26780 a symbol as a valid THING.
26782 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26783 of the textual entity that was found.
26785 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26787 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26788 Return the THING at point.
26789 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26790 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26791 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26793 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26794 a symbol as a valid THING.
26796 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26798 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26799 Not documented
26801 \(fn)" nil nil)
26803 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26804 Not documented
26806 \(fn)" nil nil)
26808 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26809 Not documented
26811 \(fn)" nil nil)
26813 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26814 Not documented
26816 \(fn)" nil nil)
26818 ;;;***
26820 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26821 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26822 ;;;;;; (17620 26950))
26823 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26825 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26826 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26828 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26830 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26831 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26832 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26833 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26835 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26837 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26838 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26840 \(fn)" t nil)
26842 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26843 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26845 \(fn)" t nil)
26847 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26849 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26850 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26852 \(fn)" t nil)
26854 ;;;***
26856 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26857 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26858 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26859 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26860 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26861 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17806 44351))
26862 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26864 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26865 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26866 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26868 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26870 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26871 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26873 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26875 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26876 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26877 The returned string has no composition information.
26879 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26881 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26882 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26884 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26886 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26887 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26889 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26891 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26892 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26893 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26894 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26896 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26898 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26899 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26900 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26901 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26903 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26905 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26906 Not documented
26908 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26910 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26911 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26912 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26914 \(fn)" t nil)
26916 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26917 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26918 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26920 \(fn)" t nil)
26922 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26923 Not documented
26925 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26927 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26928 Not documented
26930 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26932 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26933 Not documented
26935 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26937 ;;;***
26939 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26940 ;;;;;; (17806 44356))
26941 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26943 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26944 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26945 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26946 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26947 parameters.
26948 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26950 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26952 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26953 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26954 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26955 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26956 parameters.
26957 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26959 \(fn)" t nil)
26961 ;;;***
26963 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26964 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17723 17910))
26965 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26967 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26968 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26970 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
26972 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26973 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26974 This display updates automatically every minute.
26975 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26976 are displayed as well.
26977 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26979 \(fn)" t nil)
26981 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26982 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26983 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26984 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26985 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26986 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
26988 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
26990 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26991 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26992 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26994 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26995 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26996 are displayed as well.
26997 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27001 ;;;***
27003 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27004 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27005 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27006 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17398
27007 ;;;;;; 63772))
27008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27010 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27011 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27013 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27015 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27016 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27017 You can use `float-time' instead.
27019 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27021 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27022 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27024 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27026 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27027 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27029 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27031 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27032 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27034 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27036 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27037 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27038 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27040 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27042 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27044 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27045 Subtract two time values.
27046 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27048 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27050 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27051 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27053 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27055 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27056 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27057 DATE should be a date-time string.
27059 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27061 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27062 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27063 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27065 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27067 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27068 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27070 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27072 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27073 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27075 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27077 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27078 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27079 TIME should be a time value.
27080 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27082 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27084 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27085 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27086 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27088 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27090 ;;;***
27092 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27093 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17806 44345))
27094 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27095 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27096 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27097 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27098 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27099 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27100 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27101 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27103 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27104 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27105 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27106 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27107 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27108 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27109 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27110 look like one of the following:
27111 Time-stamp: <>
27112 Time-stamp: \" \"
27113 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27114 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27115 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27116 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27117 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27118 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27119 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27120 the template.
27122 \(fn)" t nil)
27124 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27125 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27126 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27130 ;;;***
27132 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27133 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27134 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27135 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27136 ;;;;;; (17632 59497))
27137 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27139 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27140 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27141 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27142 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27143 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27144 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27145 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27146 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27147 display (non-nil means on).
27149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27151 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27152 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27153 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27154 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27155 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27156 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27157 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27158 this function is called within a day.
27160 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27161 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27162 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27163 discover the name of the project.
27165 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27167 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27168 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27169 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27170 begun during the last time segment.
27172 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27173 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27174 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27175 discover the reason.
27177 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27179 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27180 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27181 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27182 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27183 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27185 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27187 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27188 Change to working on a different project.
27189 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27190 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27191 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27192 working on.
27194 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27196 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27197 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27198 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27200 \(fn)" nil nil)
27202 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27203 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27204 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27206 \(fn)" t nil)
27208 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27209 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27210 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27211 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27212 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27213 \"relative to today\".
27215 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27217 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27218 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27219 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27220 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27222 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27224 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27225 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27226 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27227 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27228 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27229 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27231 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27233 ;;;***
27235 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27236 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27237 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17806 44346))
27238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27240 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27242 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27243 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27245 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27247 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27248 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27249 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27250 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27252 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27254 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27255 Perform an action at time TIME.
27256 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27257 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27258 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27259 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27260 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27261 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27263 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27265 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27267 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27268 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27269 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27270 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27271 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27273 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27275 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27277 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27278 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27279 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27280 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27282 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27284 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27285 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27286 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27287 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27288 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27289 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27290 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27292 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27293 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27295 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27297 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27298 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27300 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27301 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27302 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27303 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27304 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27305 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27306 be detected.
27308 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27310 ;;;***
27312 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27313 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17806 44350))
27314 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27316 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27317 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27318 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27319 the generated Quail package is saved.
27321 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27323 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27324 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27325 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27326 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27327 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27328 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27329 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27331 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27333 ;;;***
27335 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27336 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17806
27337 ;;;;;; 44351))
27338 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27340 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27341 Not documented
27343 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27345 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27346 Not documented
27348 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27350 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27351 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27352 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27353 PATTERN regexp.
27355 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27357 ;;;***
27359 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27360 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17806 44345))
27361 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27362 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27363 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27364 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27366 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27367 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27368 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27369 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27370 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27372 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27374 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27375 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27376 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27377 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27378 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27380 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27382 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27383 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27384 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27385 in the menu in two ways:
27386 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27387 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27388 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27390 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27391 keymap or an alist of alists.
27392 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27393 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27395 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27397 ;;;***
27399 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27400 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27401 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17398 63772))
27402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27404 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27405 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27407 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27409 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27410 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27412 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27414 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27415 Insert new TODO list entry.
27416 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27417 category.
27419 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27421 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27422 List top priorities for each category.
27424 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27425 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27427 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27428 between each category.
27430 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27432 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27433 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27434 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27435 between each category.
27437 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27439 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27441 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27442 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27444 \\{todo-mode-map}
27446 \(fn)" t nil)
27448 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27449 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27451 \(fn)" nil nil)
27453 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27454 Show TODO list.
27456 \(fn)" t nil)
27458 ;;;***
27460 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27461 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27462 ;;;;;; (17501 10770))
27463 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27465 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27467 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27468 Add an item to the tool bar.
27469 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27470 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27471 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27472 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27474 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27475 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27476 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27477 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27479 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27480 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27482 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27484 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27485 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27486 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27487 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27488 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27489 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27491 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27492 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27493 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27494 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27496 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27498 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27499 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27500 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27501 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27502 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27503 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27504 properties to add to the binding.
27506 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27508 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27509 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27511 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27513 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27514 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27515 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27516 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27517 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27518 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27519 properties to add to the binding.
27521 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27522 holds a keymap.
27524 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27526 ;;;***
27528 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27529 ;;;;;; (17806 44346))
27530 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27532 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27533 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27534 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27537 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27539 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27541 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27542 TPU/edt emulation.
27544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27546 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27548 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27549 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27551 \(fn)" t nil)
27553 ;;;***
27555 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27556 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17806 44346))
27557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27559 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27560 Set scroll margins.
27562 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27564 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27565 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27567 \(fn)" t nil)
27569 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27570 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27572 \(fn)" t nil)
27574 ;;;***
27576 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17806 44346))
27577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27579 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27580 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27581 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27582 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27583 to a tcp server on another machine.
27585 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27587 ;;;***
27589 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27590 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17806 44346))
27591 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27593 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27594 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27596 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27598 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27599 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27600 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27601 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27602 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27603 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27604 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27605 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27607 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27609 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27610 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27611 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27612 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27613 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27614 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27615 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27616 the window or buffer configuration.
27618 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27620 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27622 ;;;***
27624 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27625 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27626 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27627 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17822 38987))
27628 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27630 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27631 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27632 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27634 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27635 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27636 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27637 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27639 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27640 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27641 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27642 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27644 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27645 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27646 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27647 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27648 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27649 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27650 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27651 files which are not really tramp files.
27653 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27654 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27655 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27656 updated after changing this variable.
27658 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27660 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27662 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27663 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27664 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27665 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27667 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27668 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27669 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27670 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27672 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27673 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27674 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27676 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27677 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27678 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27679 updated after changing this variable.
27681 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27683 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27685 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27686 Alist of completion handler functions.
27687 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27688 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27689 normal Emacs functions.")
27691 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27692 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27693 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27694 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27696 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27697 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27698 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27699 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27701 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27702 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27703 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27705 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27707 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27708 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27709 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27711 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27712 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27713 (add-hook
27714 'after-init-hook
27715 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27717 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27718 Not documented
27720 \(fn)" nil nil)
27722 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27723 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27725 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27727 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27728 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27730 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27732 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27733 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27735 \(fn)" t nil)
27737 ;;;***
27739 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27740 ;;;;;; (17372 39944))
27741 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27743 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27744 Not documented
27746 \(fn)" nil nil)
27748 ;;;***
27750 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27751 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27752 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27753 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27754 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27755 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17648
27756 ;;;;;; 1356))
27757 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27759 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27760 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27762 \(fn)" t nil)
27764 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27765 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27767 Convenience command that:
27769 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27770 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27771 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27773 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27774 image files in dired and type
27775 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27777 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27779 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27780 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27782 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27784 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27785 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27786 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27787 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27788 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27789 another one).
27791 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27792 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27793 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27795 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27796 instead of erasing it first.
27798 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27799 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27800 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27801 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27802 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27803 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27805 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27807 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27808 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27809 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27810 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27811 displayed.
27813 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
27815 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27817 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27818 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27820 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27822 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27823 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27824 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27826 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27828 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27829 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27831 \(fn)" t nil)
27833 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27834 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27835 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27836 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27838 \(fn)" t nil)
27840 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27841 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27843 \(fn)" t nil)
27845 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27846 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27848 \(fn)" t nil)
27850 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27851 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27853 \(fn)" t nil)
27855 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27856 Display current image file.
27857 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27858 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27862 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27863 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27865 \(fn)" t nil)
27867 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27868 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27869 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27870 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27871 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27872 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27873 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27875 \(fn)" t nil)
27877 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27878 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27879 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27880 easy-to-use form.
27882 \(fn)" t nil)
27884 ;;;***
27886 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17822
27887 ;;;;;; 38984))
27888 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27890 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27891 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27892 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27893 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27894 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27895 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27896 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27897 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27899 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27900 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27901 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27903 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27904 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27905 resumed later.
27907 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27909 ;;;***
27911 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27912 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17806 44356))
27913 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27914 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27915 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27916 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27918 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27919 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27920 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27921 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27922 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27923 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27924 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27926 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27928 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27929 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27930 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27931 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27933 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27935 \(fn)" t nil)
27937 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27938 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27939 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27940 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27941 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27942 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27943 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27945 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27946 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27948 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27949 \\___/\\
27950 / \\
27951 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27953 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27955 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27957 ;;;***
27959 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27960 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27961 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27962 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27963 ;;;;;; (17806 44345))
27964 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27966 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27967 Toggle typing break mode.
27968 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27970 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27972 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
27974 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27975 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27977 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27979 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27980 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27982 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27983 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27984 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27986 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27987 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27989 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
27991 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27992 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27994 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27995 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27996 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27997 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27999 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28001 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28002 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28003 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28005 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28006 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28007 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28008 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28009 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28010 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28012 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28013 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28014 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28015 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28017 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28018 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28020 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28021 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28023 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28025 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28026 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28027 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28029 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28030 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28031 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28032 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28033 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28034 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28035 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28037 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28038 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28040 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28041 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28042 reset the keystroke counter.
28044 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28045 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28046 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28047 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28049 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28050 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28051 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28052 `type-break-schedule' command.
28054 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28055 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28056 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28057 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28058 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28059 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28060 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28061 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28062 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28064 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28065 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28066 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28067 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28068 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28070 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28071 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28072 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28073 approximate good values for this.
28075 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28076 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28078 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28079 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28080 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28081 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28082 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28083 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28085 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28086 a typing break occur. They include:
28088 `type-break-query-mode'
28089 `type-break-query-function'
28090 `type-break-query-interval'
28092 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28094 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28095 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28096 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28097 problems.
28099 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28101 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28102 Take a typing break.
28104 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28105 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28107 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28108 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28110 \(fn)" t nil)
28112 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28113 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28114 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28115 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28117 \(fn)" t nil)
28119 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28120 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28122 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28123 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28124 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28125 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28126 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28127 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28128 average typing speed.)
28130 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28131 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28132 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28133 the computed maximum threshold.
28135 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28136 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28137 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28138 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28139 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28141 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28143 ;;;***
28145 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28146 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17806 44356))
28147 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28149 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28150 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28151 Works by overstriking underscores.
28152 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28153 which specify the range to operate on.
28155 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28157 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28158 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28159 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28160 which specify the range to operate on.
28162 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28164 ;;;***
28166 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28167 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17806 44351))
28168 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28170 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28171 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28172 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28174 \(fn)" t nil)
28176 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28177 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28178 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28179 following the containing message.
28181 \(fn)" t nil)
28183 ;;;***
28185 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28186 ;;;;;; (17806 44351))
28187 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28189 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28190 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28191 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28192 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28193 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28194 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28196 \(fn)" nil nil)
28198 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28199 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28201 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28203 ;;;***
28205 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17408
28206 ;;;;;; 8260))
28207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28209 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28210 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28211 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28212 of symbols with local bindings.
28214 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28216 ;;;***
28218 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28219 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17806 44357))
28220 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28222 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28223 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28224 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28226 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28227 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28228 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28229 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28230 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28231 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28233 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28234 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28235 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28237 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28238 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28239 the callback is not called).
28241 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28242 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28243 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28244 take effect.
28246 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28248 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28249 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28250 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28251 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28252 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28254 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28256 ;;;***
28258 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28259 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17398 63784))
28260 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28262 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28263 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28264 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28266 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28267 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28268 `url-generic-parse-url'
28269 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28270 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28271 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28272 realm
28273 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28274 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28275 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28276 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28277 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28278 what type of auth to use
28279 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28280 if one cannot be found in the cache
28282 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28284 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28285 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28287 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28288 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28289 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28290 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28291 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28292 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28293 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28294 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28296 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28298 ;;;***
28300 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28301 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17354
28302 ;;;;;; 12353))
28303 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28305 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28306 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28308 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28310 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28311 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28313 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28315 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28316 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28318 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28320 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28321 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28323 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28325 ;;;***
28327 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17398 63784))
28328 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28330 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28331 Not documented
28333 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28335 ;;;***
28337 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28338 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17723 17916))
28339 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28341 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28342 Not documented
28344 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28346 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28347 Not documented
28349 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28351 ;;;***
28353 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17398
28354 ;;;;;; 63784))
28355 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28357 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28358 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28360 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28362 ;;;***
28364 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28365 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17806 44356))
28366 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28368 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28369 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28371 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28373 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28374 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28375 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28376 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28377 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28379 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28381 ;;;***
28383 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28384 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17648
28385 ;;;;;; 1358))
28386 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28388 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28389 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28390 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28392 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28393 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28395 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28397 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28398 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28402 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28403 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28404 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28405 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28406 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28407 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28408 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28409 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28410 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28412 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28414 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28415 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28416 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28417 accessible.
28419 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28421 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28422 Not documented
28424 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28426 ;;;***
28428 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28429 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17806 44356))
28430 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28432 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28433 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28434 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28435 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28436 CBARGS as the arguments.
28438 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28440 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28441 Not documented
28443 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28445 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28447 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28448 Not documented
28450 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28452 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28453 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28454 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28456 Property list members:
28458 methods
28459 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28460 supports.
28463 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28464 supported.
28466 dasl
28467 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28469 ranges
28470 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28473 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28474 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28475 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28476 Emacs/W3.
28478 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28480 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28481 Default HTTPS port.")
28483 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28484 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28486 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28487 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28488 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28489 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28490 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28492 ;;;***
28494 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17620 26953))
28495 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28497 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28498 Not documented
28500 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28502 ;;;***
28504 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17398
28505 ;;;;;; 63784))
28506 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28508 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28509 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28510 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28511 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28512 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28516 ;;;***
28518 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28519 ;;;;;; (17398 63784))
28520 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28522 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28523 Not documented
28525 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28527 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28528 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28530 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28532 ;;;***
28534 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28535 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17398 63784))
28536 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28538 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28539 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28541 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28543 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28544 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28546 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28548 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28549 Not documented
28551 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28553 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28555 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28557 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28559 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28560 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28562 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28564 ;;;***
28566 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28567 ;;;;;; (17363 29189))
28568 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28570 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28571 Not documented
28573 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28575 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28576 Not documented
28578 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28580 ;;;***
28582 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28583 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28584 ;;;;;; (17398 63784))
28585 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28587 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28588 Not documented
28590 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28592 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28593 Not documented
28595 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28597 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28598 Not documented
28600 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28602 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28603 Not documented
28605 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28607 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28608 Not documented
28610 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28612 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28613 Not documented
28615 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28617 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28618 Not documented
28620 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28622 ;;;***
28624 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28625 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17806 44357))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28628 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28629 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28631 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28633 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28634 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28635 Format is:
28636 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28638 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28640 ;;;***
28642 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28643 ;;;;;; (17354 12353))
28644 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28646 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28647 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28649 \(fn)" t nil)
28651 ;;;***
28653 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28654 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28655 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28656 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28657 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28658 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28659 ;;;;;; (17806 44357))
28660 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28662 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28663 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28664 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28666 If t, all messages will be logged.
28667 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28668 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28670 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28672 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28673 Not documented
28675 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28677 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28678 Not documented
28680 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28682 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28683 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28684 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28685 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28686 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28687 & ==> &amp;
28688 < ==> &lt;
28689 > ==> &gt;
28690 \" ==> &quot;
28692 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28694 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28695 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28696 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28698 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28700 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28701 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28702 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28704 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28706 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28707 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28709 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28711 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28712 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28714 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28716 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28717 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28719 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28721 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28722 Not documented
28724 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28726 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28727 Not documented
28729 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28731 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28732 Not documented
28734 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28736 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28737 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28739 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28741 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28742 Not documented
28744 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28746 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28747 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28748 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28749 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28750 forbidden in URL encoding.
28752 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28754 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28755 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28756 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28757 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28758 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28759 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28761 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28763 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28764 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28765 If optional variable X is t,
28766 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28768 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28770 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28771 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28772 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28774 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28776 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28777 View the current document's URL.
28778 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28779 the minibuffer.
28781 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28783 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28785 ;;;***
28787 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28788 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17806 44345))
28789 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28791 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28792 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28793 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28794 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28795 to refrain from editing the file
28796 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28797 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28798 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28799 in any way you like.
28801 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28803 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28804 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28805 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28806 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28807 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28809 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28810 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28812 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28814 ;;;***
28816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17806 44350))
28817 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28818 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28820 ;;;***
28822 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28823 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28824 ;;;;;; (17546 35258))
28825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28827 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28828 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28829 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28830 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28832 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28834 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28835 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28836 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28838 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28840 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28841 Uudecode region between START and END.
28842 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28844 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28846 ;;;***
28848 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28849 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28850 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28851 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28852 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28853 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28854 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17723 17911))
28855 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28857 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28858 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28859 See `run-hooks'.")
28861 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28863 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28864 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28865 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28867 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28869 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28870 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28871 See `run-hooks'.")
28873 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28875 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28876 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28878 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28880 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28881 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28883 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28885 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28886 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28887 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28888 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28889 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28890 somebody else, signal error.
28892 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28894 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28895 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28896 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28897 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28898 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28900 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28902 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28903 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28904 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28905 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28906 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28907 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28908 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28909 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28910 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28911 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28912 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28913 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28915 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28917 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28918 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28920 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28921 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28923 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28924 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28925 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28926 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28927 lock steals will raise an error.
28929 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28931 For RCS and SCCS files:
28932 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28933 control.
28934 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28935 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28936 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28937 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28938 it performs a revert.
28939 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28940 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28941 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28942 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28943 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28944 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28945 the option to steal the lock.
28947 For CVS files:
28948 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28949 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28950 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28951 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28952 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28953 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28954 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28955 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28956 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28958 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28960 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28961 Register the current file into a version control system.
28962 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28963 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28965 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28966 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28967 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28968 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28969 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28970 first backend that could register the file is used.
28972 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28974 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28975 Display diffs between file versions.
28976 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28977 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28978 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28979 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28980 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28981 saving the buffer.
28983 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28985 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28986 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28987 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28988 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28990 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28992 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28993 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28994 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28995 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28997 \(fn)" t nil)
28999 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29000 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29001 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29002 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29003 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29004 from the current branch.
29006 See Info node `Merging'.
29008 \(fn)" t nil)
29010 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29012 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29013 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29015 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29017 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29018 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29020 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29022 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29023 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29024 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29025 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29026 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29027 are checked out in that new branch.
29029 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29031 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29032 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29033 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29034 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29035 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29036 allowed and simply skipped).
29038 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29040 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29041 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29042 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29044 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29046 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29047 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29048 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29049 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29050 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29052 \(fn)" t nil)
29054 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29055 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29056 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29057 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29058 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29059 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29061 \(fn)" t nil)
29063 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29064 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29065 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29067 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29069 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29070 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29071 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29072 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29073 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29074 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29075 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29077 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29079 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29080 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29081 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29082 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29083 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29084 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29085 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29086 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29087 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29089 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29091 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29092 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29094 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29096 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29097 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29098 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29099 directory.
29101 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29103 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29104 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29105 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29107 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29108 log entries should be gathered.
29110 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29112 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29113 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29115 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29116 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29117 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29118 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29119 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29120 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29122 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29123 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29124 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29125 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29126 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29127 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29128 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29129 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29131 Customization variables:
29133 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29134 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29135 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29136 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29138 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29140 ;;;***
29142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17822 38984))
29143 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29144 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29145 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29146 (progn
29147 (load "vc-arch")
29148 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29150 ;;;***
29152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17398 63770))
29153 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29154 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29155 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29156 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29157 (load "vc-cvs")
29158 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29160 ;;;***
29162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17398 63770))
29163 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29164 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29165 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29166 (progn
29167 (load "vc-mcvs")
29168 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29170 ;;;***
29172 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29173 ;;;;;; (17398 63770))
29174 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29176 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29177 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29178 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29180 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29181 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29183 ;;;***
29185 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29186 ;;;;;; (17398 63770))
29187 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29189 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29190 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29191 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29193 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29194 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29196 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29197 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29198 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29199 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29201 ;;;***
29203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17753 42782))
29204 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29205 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29206 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29207 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29208 "_svn")
29209 (t ".svn"))))
29210 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29211 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29212 (file-name-directory f)))
29213 (load "vc-svn")
29214 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29216 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29218 ;;;***
29220 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29221 ;;;;;; (17806 44354))
29222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29224 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29225 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29227 Usage:
29228 ------
29230 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29231 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29232 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29233 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29234 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29235 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29236 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29237 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29238 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29240 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29241 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29242 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29243 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29245 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29246 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29247 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29248 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29249 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29251 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29252 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29255 HEADER INSERTION:
29256 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29257 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29258 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29261 STUTTERING:
29262 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29263 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29264 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29265 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29267 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29268 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29269 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29270 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29271 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29274 WORD COMPLETION:
29275 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29276 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29277 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29278 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29280 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29281 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29282 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29283 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29284 beginning with \"std\").
29286 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29287 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29288 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29289 stop.
29292 COMMENTS:
29293 `--' puts a single comment.
29294 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29295 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29296 with a comment in between.
29297 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29298 out following lines.
29299 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29300 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29302 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29303 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29304 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29305 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29306 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29307 non-nil.
29309 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29310 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29311 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29312 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29313 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29314 multi-line comments.
29317 INDENTATION:
29318 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29319 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29320 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29321 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29323 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29324 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29325 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29326 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29328 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29329 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29330 and vice versa.
29332 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29333 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29336 ALIGNMENT:
29337 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29338 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29339 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29340 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29341 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29342 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29343 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29344 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29346 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29347 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29348 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29349 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29350 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29351 is non-nil.
29353 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29354 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29355 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29357 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29358 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29361 CODE FILLING:
29362 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29363 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29364 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29365 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29366 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29367 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29370 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29371 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29372 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29373 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29374 command:
29376 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29379 PORT TRANSLATION:
29380 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29381 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29382 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29383 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29384 internal signal initializations (menu).
29386 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29387 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29388 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29390 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29391 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29392 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29393 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29394 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29395 in subsequent paste operations.)
29397 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29398 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29399 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29402 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29403 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29404 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29405 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29406 association list with formals).
29409 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29410 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29411 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29412 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29413 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29414 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29415 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29416 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29417 `vhdl-testbench'.
29420 KEY BINDINGS:
29421 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29424 VHDL MENU:
29425 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29428 FILE BROWSER:
29429 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29430 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29431 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29433 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29434 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29437 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29438 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29439 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29440 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29442 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29443 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29444 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29446 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29447 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29448 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29449 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29451 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29452 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29453 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29454 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29455 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29457 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29458 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29459 required by secondary units.
29462 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29463 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29464 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29465 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29466 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29467 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29468 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29469 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29470 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29471 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29472 inputs to this component -> input port created
29473 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29474 outputs from this component -> output port created
29475 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29476 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29478 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29479 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29480 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29481 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29482 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29484 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29485 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29487 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29488 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29489 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29490 component instantiation is also supported (option
29491 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29493 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29494 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29495 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29496 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29497 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29498 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29499 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29500 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29501 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29502 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29503 | generating the configuration.
29505 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29506 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29507 | configurations in speedbar.
29509 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29512 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29513 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29514 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29515 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29516 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29517 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29518 information. New compilers can be added.
29520 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29521 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29524 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29525 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29526 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29527 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29528 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29530 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29531 command:
29533 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29534 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29535 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29537 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29538 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29539 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29540 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29541 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29542 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29543 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29545 Limitations:
29546 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29547 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29548 not (yet) supported.
29549 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29550 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29551 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29554 PROJECTS:
29555 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29556 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29557 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29558 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29559 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29560 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29561 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29562 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29564 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29565 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29566 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29567 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29568 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29569 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29570 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29571 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29572 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29573 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29574 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29577 SPECIAL MENUES:
29578 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29579 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29580 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29581 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29582 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29583 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29584 current directory for VHDL source files.
29587 VHDL STANDARDS:
29588 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29589 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29592 KEYWORD CASE:
29593 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29594 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29595 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29596 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29597 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29598 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29599 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29600 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29603 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29604 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29605 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29606 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29607 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29608 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29609 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29611 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29612 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29613 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29614 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29615 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29616 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29618 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29619 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29620 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29621 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29622 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29623 visually.
29625 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29626 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29627 highlighted if written in lower case.
29629 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29630 highlighted using a different background color if option
29631 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29633 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29634 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29635 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29636 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29637 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29640 USER MODELS:
29641 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29642 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29643 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29646 HIDE/SHOW:
29647 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29648 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29649 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29650 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29651 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29654 CODE UPDATING:
29655 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29656 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29657 Limitations:
29658 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29659 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29660 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29661 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29662 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29663 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29664 (used to obtain the port names).
29667 CODE FIXING:
29668 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29669 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29672 PRINTING:
29673 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29674 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29675 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29676 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29677 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29678 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29679 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29680 printers.
29683 OPTIONS:
29684 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29685 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29686 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29687 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29688 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29690 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29691 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29692 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29693 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29694 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29695 INSTALL file).
29697 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29698 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29701 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29702 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29703 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29704 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29706 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29709 HINTS:
29710 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29711 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29713 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29715 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29717 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29720 RELEASE NOTES:
29721 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29724 Maintenance:
29725 ------------
29727 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29728 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29730 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29732 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29733 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29734 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29735 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29737 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29738 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29739 where the latest version can be found.
29742 Known problems:
29743 ---------------
29745 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29746 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29747 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29750 The VHDL Mode Authors
29751 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29753 Key bindings:
29754 -------------
29756 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29758 \(fn)" t nil)
29760 ;;;***
29762 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17806 44346))
29763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29765 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29766 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29767 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29768 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29770 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29771 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29772 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29773 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29774 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29776 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29777 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29779 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29781 * Limitations and unsupported features
29782 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29783 not supported.
29784 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29785 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29787 * Modifications
29788 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29789 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29790 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29791 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29792 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29793 for undoing a repeated change command.
29794 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29795 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29796 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29798 * Extensions
29799 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29800 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29801 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29802 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29803 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29804 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29805 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29806 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29808 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29810 \(fn)" t nil)
29812 ;;;***
29814 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29815 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29816 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29817 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17806 44351))
29818 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29820 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29821 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29823 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29825 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29826 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29827 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29828 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29830 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29832 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29833 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29835 \(fn)" t nil)
29837 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29838 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29839 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29840 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29842 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29844 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29845 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29847 \(fn)" t nil)
29849 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29850 Not documented
29852 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29854 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29855 Not documented
29857 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29859 ;;;***
29861 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29862 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29863 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17398
29864 ;;;;;; 63770))
29865 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29867 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29868 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29869 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29870 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29872 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29874 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29875 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29876 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29877 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29878 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29879 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29880 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29882 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29884 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29886 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29887 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29888 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29889 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29890 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29891 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29892 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29893 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29895 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29897 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29899 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29900 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29901 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29902 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29903 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29904 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29905 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29906 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29908 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29910 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29912 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29913 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29914 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29915 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29916 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29917 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29918 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29920 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29922 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29923 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29924 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29926 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29928 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29929 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29930 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29931 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29932 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29933 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29934 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29935 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29937 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29939 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29940 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29941 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29943 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29945 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29946 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29947 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29948 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29949 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29950 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29951 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29952 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29954 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29956 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29957 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29958 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29960 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29962 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29963 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29964 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29966 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29967 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29968 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29969 read-only.
29970 \\<view-mode-map>
29971 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29972 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29973 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29974 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29975 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29977 H, h, ? This message.
29978 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29979 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29980 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29981 > move to the end of buffer.
29982 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29983 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29984 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29985 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29986 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29987 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29988 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29989 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29990 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29991 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29992 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29993 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29994 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29995 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29996 Use this to view a changing file.
29997 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29998 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29999 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30000 . set the mark.
30001 x exchanges point and mark.
30002 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30003 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30004 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30005 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30006 ' go to position saved in character register.
30007 s do forward incremental search.
30008 r do reverse incremental search.
30009 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30010 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30011 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30012 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30013 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30014 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30015 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30016 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30017 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30018 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30019 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30020 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30021 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30022 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30023 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30024 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30025 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30027 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30028 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30029 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30030 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30031 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30032 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30033 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30034 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30035 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30037 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30041 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30042 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30043 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30044 `view-return-to-alist'.
30045 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30046 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30047 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30049 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30050 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30051 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30052 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30053 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30054 1) nil Do nothing.
30055 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30056 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30057 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30058 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30060 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30062 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30064 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30066 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30067 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30069 \(fn)" t nil)
30071 ;;;***
30073 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17806
30074 ;;;;;; 44346))
30075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30077 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30078 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30080 \(fn)" nil nil)
30082 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30083 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30085 \(fn)" t nil)
30087 ;;;***
30089 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30090 ;;;;;; (17822 38984))
30091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30093 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30094 Toggle Viper on/off.
30095 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30097 \(fn)" t nil)
30099 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30100 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30102 \(fn)" t nil)
30104 ;;;***
30106 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30107 ;;;;;; (17501 10770))
30108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30110 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30111 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30112 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30113 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30114 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30115 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30116 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30117 the beginning of the warning.")
30119 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30120 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30121 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30122 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30123 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30124 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30125 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30126 also call that function before the next warning.")
30128 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30129 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30131 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30132 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30133 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30134 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30136 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30137 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30138 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30139 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30140 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30141 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30143 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30144 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30145 Default is :warning.
30147 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30148 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30149 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30150 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30151 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30152 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30154 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30155 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30157 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30159 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30160 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30162 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30164 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30165 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30166 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30167 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30169 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30170 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30171 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30172 can be whatever you like.)
30174 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30175 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30177 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30178 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30179 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30180 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30181 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30183 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30185 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30186 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30187 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30188 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30189 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30191 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30193 ;;;***
30195 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30196 ;;;;;; (17806 44345))
30197 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30199 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30200 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30201 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30202 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30203 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30204 in disk.
30206 See `wdired-mode'.
30208 \(fn)" t nil)
30210 ;;;***
30212 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17806 44352))
30213 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30215 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30216 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30218 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30219 hotlist.
30221 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30222 <nwv@acm.org>.
30224 \(fn)" t nil)
30226 ;;;***
30228 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30229 ;;;;;; (17620 26953))
30230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30231 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30232 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30234 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30236 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30237 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30238 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30240 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30241 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30243 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30245 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30246 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30247 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30248 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30250 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30251 and off otherwise.
30253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30255 ;;;***
30257 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30258 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30259 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30260 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30261 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30262 ;;;;;; (17806 44345))
30263 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30265 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30266 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30268 \(fn)" t nil)
30270 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30271 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30273 \(fn)" t nil)
30275 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30276 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30278 \(fn)" t nil)
30280 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30281 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30283 \(fn)" t nil)
30285 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30286 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30288 \(fn)" t nil)
30290 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30291 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30292 These are:
30293 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30294 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30295 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30296 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30297 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30299 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30300 and:
30301 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30302 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30304 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30306 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30307 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30309 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30311 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30312 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30313 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30314 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30315 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30317 \(fn)" t nil)
30319 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30320 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30322 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30324 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30326 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30327 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30328 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30330 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30331 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30333 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30335 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30336 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30337 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30339 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30340 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30344 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30345 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30346 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30348 \(fn)" t nil)
30350 ;;;***
30352 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30353 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17806 44345))
30354 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30356 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30357 Browse the widget under point.
30359 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30361 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30362 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30364 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30366 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30367 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30369 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30371 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30372 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30373 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30377 ;;;***
30379 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30380 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17822
30381 ;;;;;; 38984))
30382 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30384 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30385 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30387 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30389 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30390 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30391 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30393 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30395 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30396 Create widget of TYPE.
30397 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30399 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30401 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30402 Delete WIDGET.
30404 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30406 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30407 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30409 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30411 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30413 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30414 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30415 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30417 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30418 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30420 \(fn)" nil nil)
30422 ;;;***
30424 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30425 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17806
30426 ;;;;;; 44345))
30427 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30429 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30430 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30431 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30432 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30433 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30434 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30435 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30439 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30440 Select the window above the current one.
30441 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30442 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30443 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30444 negative ARG) of the current window.
30445 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30449 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30450 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30451 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30452 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30453 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30454 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30455 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30459 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30460 Select the window below the current one.
30461 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30462 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30463 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30464 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30465 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30469 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30470 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30471 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30472 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30474 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30476 ;;;***
30478 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30479 ;;;;;; (17398 63771))
30480 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30482 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30483 Toggle Winner mode.
30484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30485 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30487 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30489 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30490 Toggle Winner mode.
30491 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30495 ;;;***
30497 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30498 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17822 38984))
30499 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30501 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30502 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30503 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30504 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30505 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30506 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30507 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30508 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30510 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30511 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30513 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30515 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30516 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30518 \(fn)" t nil)
30520 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30521 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30522 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30523 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30524 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30525 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30526 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30527 `woman' command for further details.
30529 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30531 ;;;***
30533 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30534 ;;;;;; (17806 44346))
30535 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30537 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30538 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30540 BUGS:
30541 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30542 are not implemented
30543 - Options for search and replace
30544 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30545 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30547 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30548 Emacs-like.
30550 The key bindings are:
30552 C-a backward-word
30553 C-b fill-paragraph
30554 C-c scroll-up-line
30555 C-d forward-char
30556 C-e previous-line
30557 C-f forward-word
30558 C-g delete-char
30559 C-h backward-char
30560 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30561 C-j help-for-help
30562 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30563 C-l ws-repeat-search
30564 C-n open-line
30565 C-p quoted-insert
30566 C-r scroll-down-line
30567 C-s backward-char
30568 C-t kill-word
30569 C-u keyboard-quit
30570 C-v overwrite-mode
30571 C-w scroll-down
30572 C-x next-line
30573 C-y kill-complete-line
30574 C-z scroll-up
30576 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30577 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30578 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30579 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30580 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30581 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30582 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30583 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30584 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30585 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30586 C-k b ws-begin-block
30587 C-k c ws-copy-block
30588 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30589 C-k f find-file
30590 C-k h ws-show-markers
30591 C-k i ws-indent-block
30592 C-k k ws-end-block
30593 C-k p ws-print-block
30594 C-k q kill-emacs
30595 C-k r insert-file
30596 C-k s save-some-buffers
30597 C-k t ws-mark-word
30598 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30599 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30600 C-k v ws-move-block
30601 C-k w ws-write-block
30602 C-k x kill-emacs
30603 C-k y ws-delete-block
30605 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30606 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30607 C-o j justify-current-line
30608 C-o k kill-buffer
30609 C-o l list-buffers
30610 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30611 C-o r set-fill-column
30612 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30613 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30614 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30615 C-o wo other-window
30616 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30618 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30619 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30620 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30621 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30622 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30623 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30624 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30625 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30626 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30627 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30628 C-q a ws-query-replace
30629 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30630 C-q c end-of-buffer
30631 C-q d end-of-line
30632 C-q f ws-search
30633 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30634 C-q l ws-undo
30635 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30636 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30637 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30638 C-q w ws-last-error
30639 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30640 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30642 \(fn)" t nil)
30644 ;;;***
30646 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30647 ;;;;;; (17620 26951))
30648 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30650 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30651 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30652 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30653 Returns the top node with all its children.
30654 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30655 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30657 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30659 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30660 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30661 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30662 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30663 is not well-formed XML.
30664 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30665 and returned as the first element of the list.
30666 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30668 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30670 ;;;***
30672 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17398
30673 ;;;;;; 63771))
30674 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30676 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30677 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30678 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30680 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30681 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30683 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30685 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30686 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30687 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30689 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30690 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30691 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30692 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30693 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30694 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30698 ;;;***
30700 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30701 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17398 63777))
30702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30704 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30705 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30707 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30709 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30710 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30712 \(fn)" nil nil)
30714 ;;;***
30716 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30717 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17806 44352))
30718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30720 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30721 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30723 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30725 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30726 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30728 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30730 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30731 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30732 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30734 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30736 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30737 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30739 \(fn)" t nil)
30741 ;;;***
30743 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17398 63780))
30744 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30746 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30747 Zone out, completely.
30749 \(fn)" t nil)
30751 ;;;***
30753 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30754 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30755 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30756 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30757 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30758 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30759 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30760 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30761 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30762 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30763 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30764 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30765 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30766 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30767 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30768 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30769 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30770 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30771 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30772 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30773 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30774 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30775 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30776 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30777 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30778 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30779 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30780 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30781 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30782 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30783 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30784 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30785 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30786 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30787 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30788 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30789 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30790 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
30791 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
30792 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
30793 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
30794 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
30795 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
30796 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
30797 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
30798 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30799 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30800 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
30801 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
30802 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30803 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30804 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30805 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30806 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30835 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30836 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30837 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30838 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30839 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30840 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30841 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30842 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30843 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30844 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30845 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30846 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30847 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30848 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30849 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30850 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30851 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30852 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30853 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30854 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30855 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30856 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30857 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30858 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30859 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30860 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30861 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30862 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30863 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30864 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30865 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30866 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30867 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30868 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30869 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30870 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30871 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30872 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30873 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30874 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30875 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30876 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30877 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30878 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30879 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30880 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30881 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30882 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30883 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17823 28235 87781))
30885 ;;;***
30887 ;; Local Variables:
30888 ;; version-control: never
30889 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30890 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30891 ;; End:
30892 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here